davinci3.txt
7968 lines
| 316.2 KiB
| text/plain
|
TextLexer
Darren Dale
|
r3218 | |||
We ought not to desire the impossible. [Footnote: The writing of | ||||
this note, which is exceedingly minute, is reproduced in facsimile | ||||
on Pl. XLI No. 5 above the first diagram. | ||||
1191. | ||||
Ask counsel of him who rules himself well. | ||||
Justice requires power, insight, and will; and it resembles the | ||||
queen-bee. | ||||
He who does not punish evil commands it to be done. | ||||
He who takes the snake by the tail will presently be bitten by it. | ||||
The grave will fall in upon him who digs it. | ||||
1192. | ||||
The man who does not restrain wantonness, allies himself with | ||||
beasts. | ||||
You can have no dominion greater or less than that over yourself. | ||||
He who thinks little, errs much. | ||||
It is easier to contend with evil at the first than at the last. | ||||
No counsel is more loyal than that given on ships which are in | ||||
peril: He may expect loss who acts on the advice of an inexperienced | ||||
youth. | ||||
1193. | ||||
Where there is most feeling, there is the greatest martyrdom;--a | ||||
great martyr. | ||||
1194. | ||||
The memory of benefits is a frail defence against ingratitude. | ||||
Reprove your friend in secret and praise him openly. | ||||
Be not false about the past. | ||||
1195. | ||||
A SIMILE FOR PATIENCE. | ||||
Patience serves us against insults precisely as clothes do against | ||||
the cold. For if you multiply your garments as the cold increases, | ||||
that cold cannot hurt you; in the same way increase your patience | ||||
under great offences, and they cannot hurt your feelings. | ||||
1196. | ||||
To speak well of a base man is much the same as speaking ill of a | ||||
good man. | ||||
1197. | ||||
Envy wounds with false accusations, that is with detraction, a thing | ||||
which scares virtue. | ||||
1198. | ||||
We are deceived by promises and time disappoints us ... [Footnote 2: | ||||
The rest of this passage may be rendered in various ways, but none | ||||
of them give a satisfactory meaning.] | ||||
1199. | ||||
Fear arises sooner than any thing else. | ||||
1200. | ||||
Just as courage imperils life, fear protects it. | ||||
Threats alone are the weapons of the threatened man. | ||||
Wherever good fortune enters, envy lays siege to the place and | ||||
attacks it; and when it departs, sorrow and repentance remain | ||||
behind. | ||||
He who walks straight rarely falls. | ||||
It is bad if you praise, and worse if you reprove a thing, I mean, | ||||
if you do not understand the matter well. | ||||
It is ill to praise, and worse to reprimand in matters that you do | ||||
not understand. | ||||
1201. | ||||
Words which do not satisfy the ear of the hearer weary him or vex | ||||
him, and the symptoms of this you will often see in such hearers in | ||||
their frequent yawns; you therefore, who speak before men whose good | ||||
will you desire, when you see such an excess of fatigue, abridge | ||||
your speech, or change your discourse; and if you do otherwise, then | ||||
instead of the favour you desire, you will get dislike and | ||||
hostility. | ||||
And if you would see in what a man takes pleasure, without hearing | ||||
him speak, change the subject of your discourse in talking to him, | ||||
and when you presently see him intent, without yawning or wrinkling | ||||
his brow or other actions of various kinds, you may be certain that | ||||
the matter of which you are speaking is such as is agreeable to him | ||||
&c. | ||||
1202. | ||||
The lover is moved by the beloved object as the senses are by | ||||
sensible objects; and they unite and become one and the same thing. | ||||
The work is the first thing born of this union; if the thing loved | ||||
is base the lover becomes base. | ||||
When the thing taken into union is perfectly adapted to that which | ||||
receives it, the result is delight and pleasure and satisfaction. | ||||
When that which loves is united to the thing beloved it can rest | ||||
there; when the burden is laid down it finds rest there. | ||||
Politics (1203. 1204). | ||||
1203. | ||||
There will be eternal fame also for the inhabitants of that town, | ||||
constructed and enlarged by him. | ||||
All communities obey and are led by their magnates, and these | ||||
magnates ally themselves with the lords and subjugate them in two | ||||
ways: either by consanguinity, or by fortune; by consanguinity, when | ||||
their children are, as it were, hostages, and a security and pledge | ||||
of their suspected fidelity; by property, when you make each of | ||||
these build a house or two inside your city which may yield some | ||||
revenue and he shall have...; 10 towns, five thousand houses with | ||||
thirty thousand inhabitants, and you will disperse this great | ||||
congregation of people which stand like goats one behind the other, | ||||
filling every place with fetid smells and sowing seeds of pestilence | ||||
and death; | ||||
And the city will gain beauty worthy of its name and to you it will | ||||
be useful by its revenues, and the eternal fame of its | ||||
aggrandizement. | ||||
[Footnote: These notes were possibly written in preparation for a | ||||
letter. The meaning is obscure.] | ||||
1204. | ||||
To preserve Nature's chiefest boon, that is freedom, I can find | ||||
means of offence and defence, when it is assailed by ambitious | ||||
tyrants, and first I will speak of the situation of the walls, and | ||||
also I shall show how communities can maintain their good and just | ||||
Lords. | ||||
[Footnote: Compare No. 1266.] | ||||
III. | ||||
POLEMICS.--SPECULATION. | ||||
Against Speculators (1205. 1206). | ||||
1205. | ||||
Oh! speculators on things, boast not of knowing the things that | ||||
nature ordinarily brings about; but rejoice if you know the end of | ||||
those things which you yourself devise. | ||||
1206. | ||||
Oh! speculators on perpetual motion how many vain projects of the | ||||
like character you have created! Go and be the companions of the | ||||
searchers for gold. [Footnote: Another short passage in MS. I, | ||||
referring also to speculators, is given by LIBRI (_Hist, des | ||||
Sciences math._ III, 228): _Sicche voi speculatori non vi fidate | ||||
delli autori che anno sol col immaginatione voluto farsi interpreti | ||||
tra la natura e l'omo, ma sol di quelli che non coi cienni della | ||||
natura, ma cogli effetti delle sue esperienze anno esercitati i loro | ||||
ingegni._] | ||||
Against alchemists (1207. 1208). | ||||
1207. | ||||
The false interpreters of nature declare that quicksilver is the | ||||
common seed of every metal, not remembering that nature varies the | ||||
seed according to the variety of the things she desires to produce | ||||
in the world. | ||||
1208. | ||||
And many have made a trade of delusions and false miracles, | ||||
deceiving the stupid multitude. | ||||
Against friars. | ||||
1209. | ||||
Pharisees--that is to say, friars. | ||||
[Footnote: Compare No. 837, 11. 54-57, No. 1296 (p. 363 and 364), | ||||
and No. 1305 (p. 370).] | ||||
Against writers of epitomes. | ||||
1210. | ||||
Abbreviators do harm to knowledge and to love, seeing that the love | ||||
of any thing is the offspring of this knowledge, the love being the | ||||
more fervent in proportion as the knowledge is more certain. And | ||||
this certainty is born of a complete knowledge of all the parts, | ||||
which, when combined, compose the totality of the thing which ought | ||||
to be loved. Of what use then is he who abridges the details of | ||||
those matters of which he professes to give thorough information, | ||||
while he leaves behind the chief part of the things of which the | ||||
whole is composed? It is true that impatience, the mother of | ||||
stupidity, praises brevity, as if such persons had not life long | ||||
enough to serve them to acquire a complete knowledge of one single | ||||
subject, such as the human body; and then they want to comprehend | ||||
the mind of God in which the universe is included, weighing it | ||||
minutely and mincing it into infinite parts, as if they had to | ||||
dissect it! | ||||
Oh! human stupidity, do you not perceive that, though you have been | ||||
with yourself all your life, you are not yet aware of the thing you | ||||
possess most of, that is of your folly? and then, with the crowd of | ||||
sophists, you deceive yourselves and others, despising the | ||||
mathematical sciences, in which truth dwells and the knowledge of | ||||
the things included in them. And then you occupy yourself with | ||||
miracles, and write that you possess information of those things of | ||||
which the human mind is incapable and which cannot be proved by any | ||||
instance from nature. And you fancy you have wrought miracles when | ||||
you spoil a work of some speculative mind, and do not perceive that | ||||
you are falling into the same error as that of a man who strips a | ||||
tree of the ornament of its branches covered with leaves mingled | ||||
with the scented blossoms or fruit....... [Footnote 48: _Givstino_, | ||||
Marcus Junianus Justinus, a Roman historian of the second century, | ||||
who compiled an epitome from the general history written by Trogus | ||||
Pompeius, who lived in the time of Augustus. The work of the latter | ||||
writer no longer exist.] as Justinus did, in abridging the histories | ||||
written by Trogus Pompeius, who had written in an ornate style all | ||||
the worthy deeds of his forefathers, full of the most admirable and | ||||
ornamental passages; and so composed a bald work worthy only of | ||||
those impatient spirits, who fancy they are losing as much time as | ||||
that which they employ usefully in studying the works of nature and | ||||
the deeds of men. But these may remain in company of beasts; among | ||||
their associates should be dogs and other animals full of rapine and | ||||
they may hunt with them after...., and then follow helpless beasts, | ||||
which in time of great snows come near to your houses asking alms as | ||||
from their master.... | ||||
On spirits (1211--1213). | ||||
1211. | ||||
O mathematicians shed light on this error. | ||||
The spirit has no voice, because where there is a voice there is a | ||||
body, and where there is a body space is occupied, and this prevents | ||||
the eye from seeing what is placed behind that space; hence the | ||||
surrounding air is filled by the body, that is by its image. | ||||
1212. | ||||
There can be no voice where there is no motion or percussion of the | ||||
air; there can be no percussion of the air where there is no | ||||
instrument, there can be no instrument without a body; and this | ||||
being so, a spirit can have neither voice, nor form, nor strength. | ||||
And if it were to assume a body it could not penetrate nor enter | ||||
where the passages are closed. And if any one should say that by | ||||
air, compressed and compacted together, a spirit may take bodies of | ||||
various forms and by this means speak and move with strength--to him | ||||
I reply that when there are neither nerves nor bones there can be no | ||||
force exercised in any kind of movement made by such imaginary | ||||
spirits. | ||||
Beware of the teaching of these speculators, because their reasoning | ||||
is not confirmed by experience. | ||||
1213. | ||||
Of all human opinions that is to be reputed the most foolish which | ||||
deals with the belief in Necromancy, the sister of Alchemy, which | ||||
gives birth to simple and natural things. But it is all the more | ||||
worthy of reprehension than alchemy, because it brings forth nothing | ||||
but what is like itself, that is, lies; this does not happen in | ||||
Alchemy which deals with simple products of nature and whose | ||||
function cannot be exercised by nature itself, because it has no | ||||
organic instruments with which it can work, as men do by means of | ||||
their hands, who have produced, for instance, glass &c. but this | ||||
Necromancy the flag and flying banner, blown by the winds, is the | ||||
guide of the stupid crowd which is constantly witness to the | ||||
dazzling and endless effects of this art; and there are books full, | ||||
declaring that enchantments and spirits can work and speak without | ||||
tongues and without organic instruments-- without which it is | ||||
impossible to speak-- and can carry heaviest weights and raise | ||||
storms and rain; and that men can be turned into cats and wolves and | ||||
other beasts, although indeed it is those who affirm these things | ||||
who first became beasts. | ||||
And surely if this Necromancy did exist, as is believed by small | ||||
wits, there is nothing on the earth that would be of so much | ||||
importance alike for the detriment and service of men, if it were | ||||
true that there were in such an art a power to disturb the calm | ||||
serenity of the air, converting it into darkness and making | ||||
coruscations or winds, with terrific thunder and lightnings rushing | ||||
through the darkness, and with violent storms overthrowing high | ||||
buildings and rooting up forests; and thus to oppose armies, | ||||
crushing and annihilating them; and, besides these frightful storms | ||||
may deprive the peasants of the reward of their labours.--Now what | ||||
kind of warfare is there to hurt the enemy so much as to deprive him | ||||
of the harvest? What naval warfare could be compared with this? I | ||||
say, the man who has power to command the winds and to make ruinous | ||||
gales by which any fleet may be submerged, --surely a man who could | ||||
command such violent forces would be lord of the nations, and no | ||||
human ingenuity could resist his crushing force. The hidden | ||||
treasures and gems reposing in the body of the earth would all be | ||||
made manifest to him. No lock nor fortress, though impregnable, | ||||
would be able to save any one against the will of the necromancer. | ||||
He would have himself carried through the air from East to West and | ||||
through all the opposite sides of the universe. But why should I | ||||
enlarge further upon this? What is there that could not be done by | ||||
such a craftsman? Almost nothing, except to escape death. Hereby I | ||||
have explained in part the mischief and the usefulness, contained in | ||||
this art, if it is real; and if it is real why has it not remained | ||||
among men who desire it so much, having nothing to do with any | ||||
deity? For I know that there are numberless people who would, to | ||||
satisfy a whim, destroy God and all the universe; and if this | ||||
necromancy, being, as it were, so necessary to men, has not been | ||||
left among them, it can never have existed, nor will it ever exist | ||||
according to the definition of the spirit, which is invisible in | ||||
substance; for within the elements there are no incorporate things, | ||||
because where there is no body, there is a vacuum; and no vacuum can | ||||
exist in the elements because it would be immediately filled up. | ||||
Turn over. | ||||
1214. | ||||
OF SPIRITS. | ||||
We have said, on the other side of this page, that the definition of | ||||
a spirit is a power conjoined to a body; because it cannot move of | ||||
its own accord, nor can it have any kind of motion in space; and if | ||||
you were to say that it moves itself, this cannot be within the | ||||
elements. For, if the spirit is an incorporeal quantity, this | ||||
quantity is called a vacuum, and a vacuum does not exist in nature; | ||||
and granting that one were formed, it would be immediately filled up | ||||
by the rushing in of the element in which the vacuum had been | ||||
generated. Therefore, from the definition of weight, which is | ||||
this--Gravity is an accidental power, created by one element being | ||||
drawn to or suspended in another--it follows that an element, not | ||||
weighing anything compared with itself, has weight in the element | ||||
above it and lighter than it; as we see that the parts of water have | ||||
no gravity or levity compared with other water, but if you draw it | ||||
up into the air, then it would acquire weight, and if you were to | ||||
draw the air beneath the water then the water which remains above | ||||
this air would acquire weight, which weight could not sustain itself | ||||
by itself, whence collapse is inevitable. And this happens in water; | ||||
wherever the vacuum may be in this water it will fall in; and this | ||||
would happen with a spirit amid the elements, where it would | ||||
continuously generate a vacuum in whatever element it might find | ||||
itself, whence it would be inevitable that it should be constantly | ||||
flying towards the sky until it had quitted these elements. | ||||
AS TO WHETHER A SPIRIT HAS A BODY AMID THE ELEMENTS. | ||||
We have proved that a spirit cannot exist of itself amid the | ||||
elements without a body, nor can it move of itself by voluntary | ||||
motion unless it be to rise upwards. But now we will say how such a | ||||
spirit taking an aerial body would be inevitably melt into air; | ||||
because if it remained united, it would be separated and fall to | ||||
form a vacuum, as is said above; therefore it is inevitable, if it | ||||
is to be able to remain suspended in the air, that it should absorb | ||||
a certain quantity of air; and if it were mingled with the air, two | ||||
difficulties arise; that is to say: It must rarefy that portion of | ||||
the air with which it mingles; and for this cause the rarefied air | ||||
must fly up of itself and will not remain among the air that is | ||||
heavier than itself; and besides this the subtle spiritual essence | ||||
disunites itself, and its nature is modified, by which that nature | ||||
loses some of its first virtue. Added to these there is a third | ||||
difficulty, and this is that such a body formed of air assumed by | ||||
the spirits is exposed to the penetrating winds, which are | ||||
incessantly sundering and dispersing the united portions of the air, | ||||
revolving and whirling amidst the rest of the atmosphere; therefore | ||||
the spirit which is infused in this | ||||
1215. | ||||
air would be dismembered or rent and broken up with the rending of | ||||
the air into which it was incorporated. | ||||
AS TO WHETHER THE SPIRIT, HAVING TAKEN THIS BODY OF AIR, CAN MOVE OF | ||||
ITSELF OR NOT. | ||||
It is impossible that the spirit infused into a certain quantity of | ||||
air, should move this air; and this is proved by the above passage | ||||
where it is said: the spirit rarefies that portion of the air in | ||||
which it incorporates itself; therefore this air will rise high | ||||
above the other air and there will be a motion of the air caused by | ||||
its lightness and not by a voluntary movement of the spirit, and if | ||||
this air is encountered by the wind, according to the 3rd of this, | ||||
the air will be moved by the wind and not by the spirit incorporated | ||||
in it. | ||||
AS TO WHETHER THE SPIRIT CAN SPEAK OR NOT. | ||||
In order to prove whether the spirit can speak or not, it is | ||||
necessary in the first place to define what a voice is and how it is | ||||
generated; and we will say that the voice is, as it were, the | ||||
movement of air in friction against a dense body, or a dense body in | ||||
friction against the air,--which is the same thing. And this | ||||
friction of the dense and the rare condenses the rare and causes | ||||
resistance; again, the rare, when in swift motion, and the rare in | ||||
slow motion condense each other when they come in contact and make a | ||||
noise and very great uproar; and the sound or murmur made by the | ||||
rare moving through the rare with only moderate swiftness, like a | ||||
great flame generating noises in the air; and the tremendous uproar | ||||
made by the rare mingling with the rare, and when that air which is | ||||
both swift and rare rushes into that which is itself rare and in | ||||
motion, it is like the flame of fire which issues from a big gun and | ||||
striking against the air; and again when a flame issues from the | ||||
cloud, there is a concussion in the air as the bolt is generated. | ||||
Therefore we may say that the spirit cannot produce a voice without | ||||
movement of the air, and air in it there is none, nor can it emit | ||||
what it has not; and if desires to move that air in which it is | ||||
incorporated, it is necessary that the spirit should multiply | ||||
itself, and that cannot multiply which has no quantity. And in the | ||||
4th place it is said that no rare body can move, if it has not a | ||||
stable spot, whence it may take its motion; much more is it so when | ||||
an element has to move within its own element, which does not move | ||||
of itself, excepting by uniform evaporation at the centre of the | ||||
thing evaporated; as occurs in a sponge squeezed in the hand held | ||||
under water; the water escapes in every direction with equal | ||||
movement through the openings between the fingers of the hand in | ||||
which it is squeezed. | ||||
As to whether the spirit has an articulate voice, and whether the | ||||
spirit can be heard, and what hearing is, and seeing; the wave of | ||||
the voice passes through the air as the images of objects pass to | ||||
the eye. | ||||
Nonentity. | ||||
1216. | ||||
Every quantity is intellectually conceivable as infinitely | ||||
divisible. | ||||
[Amid the vastness of the things among which we live, the existence | ||||
of nothingness holds the first place; its function extends over all | ||||
things that have no existence, and its essence, as regards time, | ||||
lies precisely between the past and the future, and has nothing in | ||||
the present. This nothingness has the part equal to the whole, and | ||||
the whole to the part, the divisible to the indivisible; and the | ||||
product of the sum is the same whether we divide or multiply, and in | ||||
addition as in subtraction; as is proved by arithmeticians by their | ||||
tenth figure which represents zero; and its power has not extension | ||||
among the things of Nature.] | ||||
[What is called Nothingness is to be found only in time and in | ||||
speech. In time it stands between the past and future and has no | ||||
existence in the present; and thus in speech it is one of the things | ||||
of which we say: They are not, or they are impossible.] | ||||
With regard to time, nothingness lies between the past and the | ||||
future, and has nothing to do with the present, and as to its nature | ||||
it is to be classed among things impossible: hence, from what has | ||||
been said, it has no existence; because where there is nothing there | ||||
would necessarily be a vacuum. | ||||
[Footnote: Compare No. 916.] | ||||
Reflections on Nature (1217-1219). | ||||
1217. | ||||
EXAMPLE OF THE LIGHTNING IN CLOUDS. | ||||
[O mighty and once living instrument of formative nature. Incapable | ||||
of availing thyself of thy vast strength thou hast to abandon a life | ||||
of stillness and to obey the law which God and time gave to | ||||
procreative nature.] | ||||
Ah! how many a time the shoals of terrified dolphins and the huge | ||||
tunny-fish were seen to flee before thy cruel fury, to escape; | ||||
whilst thy fulminations raised in the sea a sudden tempest with | ||||
buffeting and submersion of ships in the great waves; and filling | ||||
the uncovered shores with the terrified and desperate fishes which | ||||
fled from thee, and left by the sea, remained in spots where they | ||||
became the abundant prey of the people in the neighbourhood. | ||||
O time, swift robber of all created things, how many kings, how many | ||||
nations hast thou undone, and how many changes of states and of | ||||
various events have happened since the wondrous forms of this fish | ||||
perished here in this cavernous and winding recess. Now destroyed by | ||||
time thou liest patiently in this confined space with bones stripped | ||||
and bare; serving as a support and prop for the superimposed | ||||
mountain. | ||||
[Footnote: The character of the handwriting points to an early | ||||
period of Leonardo's life. It has become very indistinct, and is at | ||||
present exceedingly difficult to decipher. Some passages remain | ||||
doubtful.] | ||||
[Footnote: Compare No. 1339, written on the same sheet.] | ||||
1218. | ||||
The watery element was left enclosed between the raised banks of the | ||||
rivers, and the sea was seen between the uplifted earth and the | ||||
surrounding air which has to envelope and enclose the complicated | ||||
machine of the earth, and whose mass, standing between the water and | ||||
the element of fire, remained much restricted and deprived of its | ||||
indispensable moisture; the rivers will be deprived of their waters, | ||||
the fruitful earth will put forth no more her light verdure; the | ||||
fields will no more be decked with waving corn; all the animals, | ||||
finding no fresh grass for pasture, will die and food will then be | ||||
lacking to the lions and wolves and other beasts of prey, and to men | ||||
who after many efforts will be compelled to abandon their life, and | ||||
the human race will die out. In this way the fertile and fruitful | ||||
earth will remain deserted, arid and sterile from the water being | ||||
shut up in its interior, and from the activity of nature it will | ||||
continue a little time to increase until the cold and subtle air | ||||
being gone, it will be forced to end with the element of fire; and | ||||
then its surface will be left burnt up to cinder and this will be | ||||
the end of all terrestrial nature. [Footnote: Compare No. 1339, | ||||
written on the same sheet.] | ||||
1219. | ||||
Why did nature not ordain that one animal should not live by the | ||||
death of another? Nature, being inconstant and taking pleasure in | ||||
creating and making constantly new lives and forms, because she | ||||
knows that her terrestrial materials become thereby augmented, is | ||||
more ready and more swift in her creating, than time in his | ||||
destruction; and so she has ordained that many animals shall be food | ||||
for others. Nay, this not satisfying her desire, to the same end she | ||||
frequently sends forth certain poisonous and pestilential vapours | ||||
upon the vast increase and congregation of animals; and most of all | ||||
upon men, who increase vastly because other animals do not feed upon | ||||
them; and, the causes being removed, the effects would not follow. | ||||
This earth therefore seeks to lose its life, desiring only continual | ||||
reproduction; and as, by the argument you bring forward and | ||||
demonstrate, like effects always follow like causes, animals are the | ||||
image of the world. | ||||
_XX._ | ||||
_Humorous Writings._ | ||||
_Just as Michaelangelo's occasional poems reflect his private life | ||||
as well as the general disposition of his mind, we may find in the | ||||
writings collected in this section, the transcript of Leonardo's | ||||
fanciful nature, and we should probably not be far wrong in | ||||
assuming, that he himself had recited these fables in the company of | ||||
his friends or at the court festivals of princes and patrons._ Era | ||||
tanto piacevole nella conversazione-- _so relates Vasari_--che | ||||
tirava a se gli animi delle genti. _And Paulus Jovius says in his | ||||
short biography of the artist:_ Fuit ingenio valde comi, nitido, | ||||
liberali, vultu autem longe venustissimo, et cum elegantiae omnis | ||||
deliciarumque maxime theatralium mirificus inventor ac arbiter | ||||
esset, ad lyramque scito caneret, cunctis per omnem aetatem | ||||
principibus mire placuit. _There can be no doubt that the fables are | ||||
the original offspring of Leonardo's brain, and not borrowed from | ||||
any foreign source; indeed the schemes and plans for the composition | ||||
of fables collected in division V seem to afford an external proof | ||||
of this, if the fables themselves did not render it self-evident. | ||||
Several of them-- for instance No._ l279--_are so strikingly | ||||
characteristic of Leonardo's views of natural science that we cannot | ||||
do them justice till we are acquainted with his theories on such | ||||
subjects; and this is equally true of the 'Prophecies'_. | ||||
_I have prefixed to these quaint writings the 'Studies on the life | ||||
and habits of animals' which are singular from their peculiar | ||||
aphoristic style, and I have transcribed them in exactly the order | ||||
in which they are written in MS. H. This is one of the very rare | ||||
instances in which one subject is treated in a consecutive series of | ||||
notes, all in one MS., and Leonardo has also departed from his | ||||
ordinary habits, by occasionally not completing the text on the page | ||||
it is begun. These brief notes of a somewhat mysterious bearing have | ||||
been placed here, simply because they may possibly have been | ||||
intended to serve as hints for fables or allegories. They can | ||||
scarcely be regarded as preparatory for a natural history, rather | ||||
they would seem to be extracts. On the one hand the names of some of | ||||
the animals seem to prove that Leonardo could not here be recording | ||||
observations of his own; on the other hand the notes on their habits | ||||
and life appear to me to dwell precisely on what must have | ||||
interested him most--so far as it is possible to form any complete | ||||
estimate of his nature and tastes._ | ||||
_In No._ 1293 _lines_ 1-10, _we have a sketch of a scheme for | ||||
grouping the Prophecies. I have not however availed myself of it as | ||||
a clue to their arrangement here because, in the first place, the | ||||
texts are not so numerous as to render the suggested classification | ||||
useful to the reader, and, also, because in reading the long series, | ||||
as they occur in the original, we may follow the author's mind; and | ||||
here and there it is not difficult to see how one theme suggested | ||||
another. I have however regarded Leonardo's scheme for the | ||||
classification of the Prophecies as available for that of the Fables | ||||
and Jests, and have adhered to it as far as possible._ | ||||
_Among the humourous writings I might perhaps have included the_ | ||||
'Rebusses', _of which there are several in the collection of | ||||
Leonardo's drawings at Windsor; it seems to me not likely that many | ||||
or all of them could be solved at the present day and the MSS. throw | ||||
no light on them. Nor should I be justified if I intended to include | ||||
in the literary works the well-known caricatures of human faces | ||||
attributed to Leonardo-- of which, however, it may be incidentally | ||||
observed, the greater number are in my opinion undoubtedly spurious. | ||||
Two only have necessarily been given owing to their presence in | ||||
text, which it was desired to reproduce: Vol. I page_ 326, _and Pl. | ||||
CXXII. It can scarcely be doubted that some satirical intention is | ||||
conveyed by the drawing on Pl. LXIV (text No. _688_). | ||||
My reason for not presenting Leonardo to the reader as a poet is the | ||||
fact that the maxims and morals in verse which have been ascribed to | ||||
him, are not to be found in the manuscripts, and Prof. Uzielli has | ||||
already proved that they cannot be by him. Hence it would seem that | ||||
only a few short verses can be attributed to him with any | ||||
certainty._ | ||||
I. | ||||
STUDIES ON THE LIFE AND HABITS OF ANIMALS. | ||||
1220. | ||||
THE LOVE OF VIRTUE. | ||||
The gold-finch is a bird of which it is related that, when it is | ||||
carried into the presence of a sick person, if the sick man is going | ||||
to die, the bird turns away its head and never looks at him; but if | ||||
the sick man is to be saved the bird never loses sight of him but is | ||||
the cause of curing him of all his sickness. | ||||
Like unto this is the love of virtue. It never looks at any vile or | ||||
base thing, but rather clings always to pure and virtuous things and | ||||
takes up its abode in a noble heart; as the birds do in green woods | ||||
on flowery branches. And this Love shows itself more in adversity | ||||
than in prosperity; as light does, which shines most where the place | ||||
is darkest. | ||||
1221. | ||||
ENVY. | ||||
We read of the kite that, when it sees its young ones growing too | ||||
big in the nest, out of envy it pecks their sides, and keeps them | ||||
without food. | ||||
CHEERFULNESS. | ||||
Cheerfulness is proper to the cock, which rejoices over every little | ||||
thing, and crows with varied and lively movements. | ||||
SADNESS. | ||||
Sadness resembles the raven, which, when it sees its young ones born | ||||
white, departs in great grief, and abandons them with doleful | ||||
lamentations, and does not feed them until it sees in them some few | ||||
black feathers. | ||||
1222. | ||||
PEACE. | ||||
We read of the beaver that when it is pursued, knowing that it is | ||||
for the virtue [contained] in its medicinal testicles and not being | ||||
able to escape, it stops; and to be at peace with its pursuers, it | ||||
bites off its testicles with its sharp teeth, and leaves them to its | ||||
enemies. | ||||
RAGE. | ||||
It is said of the bear that when it goes to the haunts of bees to | ||||
take their honey, the bees having begun to sting him he leaves the | ||||
honey and rushes to revenge himself. And as he seeks to be revenged | ||||
on all those that sting him, he is revenged on none; in such wise | ||||
that his rage is turned to madness, and he flings himself on the | ||||
ground, vainly exasperating, by his hands and feet, the foes against | ||||
which he is defending himself. | ||||
1223. | ||||
GRATITUDE. | ||||
The virtue of gratitude is said to be more [developed] in the birds | ||||
called hoopoes which, knowing the benefits of life and food, they | ||||
have received from their father and their mother, when they see them | ||||
grow old, make a nest for them and brood over them and feed them, | ||||
and with their beaks pull out their old and shabby feathers; and | ||||
then, with a certain herb restore their sight so that they return to | ||||
a prosperous state. | ||||
AVARICE. | ||||
The toad feeds on earth and always remains lean; because it never | ||||
eats enough:-- it is so afraid lest it should want for earth. | ||||
1224. | ||||
INGRATITUDE. | ||||
Pigeons are a symbol of ingratitude; for when they are old enough no | ||||
longer to need to be fed, they begin to fight with their father, and | ||||
this struggle does not end until the young one drives the father out | ||||
and takes the hen and makes her his own. | ||||
CRUELTY. | ||||
The basilisk is so utterly cruel that when it cannot kill animals by | ||||
its baleful gaze, it turns upon herbs and plants, and fixing its | ||||
gaze on them withers them up. | ||||
1225. | ||||
GENEROSITY. | ||||
It is said of the eagle that it is never so hungry but that it will | ||||
leave a part of its prey for the birds that are round it, which, | ||||
being unable to provide their own food, are necessarily dependent on | ||||
the eagle, since it is thus that they obtain food. | ||||
DISCIPLINE. | ||||
When the wolf goes cunningly round some stable of cattle, and by | ||||
accident puts his foot in a trap, so that he makes a noise, he bites | ||||
his foot off to punish himself for his folly. | ||||
1226. | ||||
FLATTERERS OR SYRENS. | ||||
The syren sings so sweetly that she lulls the mariners to sleep; | ||||
then she climbs upon the ships and kills the sleeping mariners. | ||||
PRUDENCE. | ||||
The ant, by her natural foresight provides in the summer for the | ||||
winter, killing the seeds she harvests that they may not germinate, | ||||
and on them, in due time she feeds. | ||||
FOLLY. | ||||
The wild bull having a horror of a red colour, the hunters dress up | ||||
the trunk of a tree with red and the bull runs at this with great | ||||
frenzy, thus fixing his horns, and forthwith the hunters kill him | ||||
there. | ||||
1227. | ||||
JUSTICE. | ||||
We may liken the virtue of Justice to the king of the bees which | ||||
orders and arranges every thing with judgment. For some bees are | ||||
ordered to go to the flowers, others are ordered to labour, others | ||||
to fight with the wasps, others to clear away all dirt, others to | ||||
accompagny and escort the king; and when he is old and has no wings | ||||
they carry him. And if one of them fails in his duty, he is punished | ||||
without reprieve. | ||||
TRUTH. | ||||
Although partridges steal each other's eggs, nevertheless the young | ||||
born of these eggs always return to their true mother. | ||||
1228. | ||||
FIDELITY, OR LOYALTY. | ||||
The cranes are so faithful and loyal to their king, that at night, | ||||
when he is sleeping, some of them go round the field to keep watch | ||||
at a distance; others remain near, each holding a stone in his foot, | ||||
so that if sleep should overcome them, this stone would fall and | ||||
make so much noise that they would wake up again. And there are | ||||
others which sleep together round the king; and this they do every | ||||
night, changing in turn so that their king may never find them | ||||
wanting. | ||||
FALSEHOOD. | ||||
The fox when it sees a flock of herons or magpies or birds of that | ||||
kind, suddenly flings himself on the ground with his mouth open to | ||||
look as he were dead; and these birds want to peck at his tongue, | ||||
and he bites off their heads. | ||||
1229. | ||||
LIES. | ||||
The mole has very small eyes and it always lives under ground; and | ||||
it lives as long as it is in the dark but when it comes into the | ||||
light it dies immediately, because it becomes known;--and so it is | ||||
with lies. | ||||
VALOUR. | ||||
The lion is never afraid, but rather fights with a bold spirit and | ||||
savage onslaught against a multitude of hunters, always seeking to | ||||
injure the first that injures him. | ||||
FEAR OR COWARDICE. | ||||
The hare is always frightened; and the leaves that fall from the | ||||
trees in autumn always keep him in terror and generally put him to | ||||
flight. | ||||
1230. | ||||
MAGNANIMITY. | ||||
The falcon never preys but on large birds; and it will let itself | ||||
die rather than feed on little ones, or eat stinking meat. | ||||
VAIN GLORY. | ||||
As regards this vice, we read that the peacock is more guilty of it | ||||
than any other animal. For it is always contemplating the beauty of | ||||
its tail, which it spreads in the form of a wheel, and by its cries | ||||
attracts to itself the gaze of the creatures that surround it. | ||||
And this is the last vice to be conquered. | ||||
1231. | ||||
CONSTANCY. | ||||
Constancy may be symbolised by the phoenix which, knowing that by | ||||
nature it must be resuscitated, has the constancy to endure the | ||||
burning flames which consume it, and then it rises anew. | ||||
INCONSTANCY. | ||||
The swallow may serve for Inconstancy, for it is always in movement, | ||||
since it cannot endure the smallest discomfort. | ||||
CONTINENCE. | ||||
The camel is the most lustful animal there is, and will follow the | ||||
female for a thousand miles. But if you keep it constantly with its | ||||
mother or sister it will leave them alone, so temperate is its | ||||
nature. | ||||
1232. | ||||
INCONTINENCE. | ||||
The unicorn, through its intemperance and not knowing how to control | ||||
itself, for the love it bears to fair maidens forgets its ferocity | ||||
and wildness; and laying aside all fear it will go up to a seated | ||||
damsel and go to sleep in her lap, and thus the hunters take it. | ||||
HUMILITY. | ||||
We see the most striking example of humility in the lamb which will | ||||
submit to any animal; and when they are given for food to imprisoned | ||||
lions they are as gentle to them as to their own mother, so that | ||||
very often it has been seen that the lions forbear to kill them. | ||||
1233. | ||||
PRIDE. | ||||
The falcon, by reason of its haughtiness and pride, is fain to lord | ||||
it and rule over all the other birds of prey, and longs to be sole | ||||
and supreme; and very often the falcon has been seen to assault the | ||||
eagle, the Queen of birds. | ||||
ABSTINENCE. | ||||
The wild ass, when it goes to the well to drink, and finds the water | ||||
troubled, is never so thirsty but that it will abstain from | ||||
drinking, and wait till the water is clear again. | ||||
GLUTTONY. | ||||
The vulture is so addicted to gluttony that it will go a thousand | ||||
miles to eat a carrion [carcase]; therefore is it that it follows | ||||
armies. | ||||
1234. | ||||
CHASTITY. | ||||
The turtle-dove is never false to its mate; and if one dies the | ||||
other preserves perpetual chastity, and never again sits on a green | ||||
bough, nor ever again drinks of clear water. | ||||
UNCHASTITY. | ||||
The bat, owing to unbridled lust, observes no universal rule in | ||||
pairing, but males with males and females with females pair | ||||
promiscuously, as it may happen. | ||||
MODERATION. | ||||
The ermine out of moderation never eats but once in the day; it will | ||||
rather let itself be taken by the hunters than take refuge in a | ||||
dirty lair, in order not to stain its purity. | ||||
1235. | ||||
THE EAGLE. | ||||
The eagle when it is old flies so high that it scorches its | ||||
feathers, and Nature allowing that it should renew its youth, it | ||||
falls into shallow water [Footnote 5: The meaning is obscure.]. And | ||||
if its young ones cannot bear to gaze on the sun [Footnote 6: The | ||||
meaning is obscure.]--; it does not feed them with any bird, that | ||||
does not wish to die. Animals which much fear it do not approach its | ||||
nest, although it does not hurt them. It always leaves part of its | ||||
prey uneaten. | ||||
LUMERPA,--FAME. | ||||
This is found in Asia Major, and shines so brightly that it absorbs | ||||
its own shadow, and when it dies it does not lose this light, and | ||||
its feathers never fall out, but a feather pulled out shines no | ||||
longer. | ||||
1236. | ||||
THE PELICAN. | ||||
This bird has a great love for its young; and when it finds them in | ||||
its nest dead from a serpent's bite, it pierces itself to the heart, | ||||
and with its blood it bathes them till they return to life. | ||||
THE SALAMANDER. | ||||
This has no digestive organs, and gets no food but from the fire, in | ||||
which it constantly renews its scaly skin. | ||||
The salamander, which renews its scaly skin in the fire,--for | ||||
virtue. | ||||
THE CAMELEON. | ||||
This lives on air, and there it is the prey of all the birds; so in | ||||
order to be safer it flies above the clouds and finds an air so | ||||
rarefied that it cannot support the bird that follows it. | ||||
At that height nothing can go unless it has a gift from Heaven, and | ||||
that is where the chameleon flies. | ||||
1237. | ||||
THE ALEPO, A FISH. | ||||
The fish _alepo_ does not live out of water. | ||||
THE OSTRICH. | ||||
This bird converts iron into nourishment, and hatches its eggs by | ||||
its gaze;--Armies under commanders. | ||||
THE SWAN. | ||||
The swan is white without any spot, and it sings sweetly as it dies, | ||||
its life ending with that song. | ||||
THE STORK. | ||||
This bird, by drinking saltwater purges itself of distempers. If the | ||||
male finds his mate unfaithful, he abandons her; and when it grows | ||||
old its young ones brood over it, and feed it till it dies. | ||||
1238. | ||||
THE GRASSHOPPER. | ||||
This silences the cuckoo with its song. It dies in oil and revives | ||||
in vinegar. It sings in the greatest heats | ||||
THE BAT. | ||||
The more light there is the blinder this creature becomes; as those | ||||
who gaze most at the sun become most dazzled.--For Vice, that cannot | ||||
remain where Virtue appears. | ||||
THE PARTRIDGE. | ||||
This bird changes from the female into the male and forgets its | ||||
former sex; and out of envy it steals the eggs from others and | ||||
hatches them, but the young ones follow the true mother. | ||||
THE SWALLOW. | ||||
This bird gives sight to its blind young ones by means of celandine. | ||||
1239. | ||||
THE OYSTER.--FOR TREACHERY. | ||||
This creature, when the moon is full opens itself wide, and when the | ||||
crab looks in he throws in a piece of rock or seaweed and the oyster | ||||
cannot close again, whereby it serves for food to that crab. This is | ||||
what happens to him who opens his mouth to tell his secret. He | ||||
becomes the prey of the treacherous hearer. | ||||
THE BASILISK.--CRUELTY. | ||||
All snakes flie from this creature; but the weasel attacks it by | ||||
means of rue and kills it. | ||||
THE ASP. | ||||
This carries instantaneous death in its fangs; and, that it may not | ||||
hear the charmer it stops its ears with its tail. | ||||
1240. | ||||
THE DRAGON. | ||||
This creature entangles itself in the legs of the elephant which | ||||
falls upon it, and so both die, and in its death it is avenged. | ||||
THE VIPER. | ||||
She, in pairing opens her mouth and at last clenches her teeth and | ||||
kills her husband. Then the young ones, growing within her body rend | ||||
her open and kill their mother. | ||||
THE SCORPION. | ||||
Saliva, spit out when fasting will kill a scorpion. This may be | ||||
likened to abstinence from greediness, which removes and heals the | ||||
ills which result from that gluttony, and opens the path of virtue. | ||||
1241. | ||||
THE CROCODILE. HYPOCRISY. | ||||
This animal catches a man and straightway kills him; after he is | ||||
dead, it weeps for him with a lamentable voice and many tears. Then, | ||||
having done lamenting, it cruelly devours him. It is thus with the | ||||
hypocrite, who, for the smallest matter, has his face bathed with | ||||
tears, but shows the heart of a tiger and rejoices in his heart at | ||||
the woes of others, while wearing a pitiful face. | ||||
THE TOAD. | ||||
The toad flies from the light of the sun, and if it is held there by | ||||
force it puffs itself out so much as to hide its head below and | ||||
shield itself from the rays. Thus does the foe of clear and radiant | ||||
virtue, who can only be constrainedly brought to face it with puffed | ||||
up courage. | ||||
1242. | ||||
THE CATERPILLAR.--FOR VIRTUE IN GENERAL. | ||||
The caterpillar, which by means of assiduous care is able to weave | ||||
round itself a new dwelling place with marvellous artifice and fine | ||||
workmanship, comes out of it afterwards with painted and lovely | ||||
wings, with which it rises towards Heaven. | ||||
THE SPIDER. | ||||
The spider brings forth out of herself the delicate and ingenious | ||||
web, which makes her a return by the prey it takes. | ||||
[Footnote: Two notes are underneath this text. The first: _'nessuna | ||||
chosa e da ttemere piu che lla sozza fama'_ is a repetition of the | ||||
first line of the text given in Vol. I No. 695. | ||||
The second: _faticha fugga cholla fama in braccio quasi ochultata c_ | ||||
is written in red chalk and is evidently an incomplete sentence.] | ||||
1243. | ||||
THE LION. | ||||
This animal, with his thundering roar, rouses his young the third | ||||
day after they are born, teaching them the use of all their dormant | ||||
senses and all the wild things which are in the wood flee away. | ||||
This may be compared to the children of Virtue who are roused by the | ||||
sound of praise and grow up in honourable studies, by which they are | ||||
more and more elevated; while all that is base flies at the sound, | ||||
shunning those who are virtuous. | ||||
Again, the lion covers over its foot tracks, so that the way it has | ||||
gone may not be known to its enemies. Thus it beseems a captain to | ||||
conceal the secrets of his mind so that the enemy may not know his | ||||
purpose. | ||||
1244. | ||||
THE TARANTULA. | ||||
The bite of the tarantula fixes a man's mind on one idea; that is on | ||||
the thing he was thinking of when he was bitten. | ||||
THE SCREECH-OWL AND THE OWL. | ||||
These punish those who are scoffing at them by pecking out their | ||||
eyes; for nature has so ordered it, that they may thus be fed. | ||||
1245. | ||||
THE ELEPHANT. | ||||
The huge elephant has by nature what is rarely found in man; that is | ||||
Honesty, Prudence, Justice, and the Observance of Religion; inasmuch | ||||
as when the moon is new, these beasts go down to the rivers, and | ||||
there, solemnly cleansing themselves, they bathe, and so, having | ||||
saluted the planet, return to the woods. And when they are ill, | ||||
being laid down, they fling up plants towards Heaven as though they | ||||
would offer sacrifice. --They bury their tusks when they fall out | ||||
from old age.--Of these two tusks they use one to dig up roots for | ||||
food; but they save the point of the other for fighting with; when | ||||
they are taken by hunters and when worn out by fatigue, they dig up | ||||
these buried tusks and ransom themselves. | ||||
1246. | ||||
They are merciful, and know the dangers, and if one finds a man | ||||
alone and lost, he kindly puts him back in the road he has missed, | ||||
if he finds the footprints of the man before the man himself. It | ||||
dreads betrayal, so it stops and blows, pointing it out to the other | ||||
elephants who form in a troop and go warily. | ||||
These beasts always go in troops, and the oldest goes in front and | ||||
the second in age remains the last, and thus they enclose the troop. | ||||
Out of shame they pair only at night and secretly, nor do they then | ||||
rejoin the herd but first bathe in the river. The females do not | ||||
fight as with other animals; and it is so merciful that it is most | ||||
unwilling by nature ever to hurt those weaker than itself. And if it | ||||
meets in the middle of its way a flock of sheep | ||||
1247. | ||||
it puts them aside with its trunk, so as not to trample them under | ||||
foot; and it never hurts any thing unless when provoked. When one | ||||
has fallen into a pit the others fill up the pit with branches, | ||||
earth and stones, thus raising the bottom that he may easily get | ||||
out. They greatly dread the noise of swine and fly in confusion, | ||||
doing no less harm then, with their feet, to their own kind than to | ||||
the enemy. They delight in rivers and are always wandering about | ||||
near them, though on account of their great weight they cannot swim. | ||||
They devour stones, and the trunks of trees are their favourite | ||||
food. They have a horror of rats. Flies delight in their smell and | ||||
settle on their back, and the beast scrapes its skin making its | ||||
folds even and kills them. | ||||
1248. | ||||
When they cross rivers they send their young ones up against the | ||||
stream of the water; thus, being set towards the fall, they break | ||||
the united current of the water so that the current does not carry | ||||
them away. The dragon flings itself under the elephant's body, and | ||||
with its tail it ties its legs; with its wings and with its arms it | ||||
also clings round its ribs and cuts its throat with its teeth, and | ||||
the elephant falls upon it and the dragon is burst. Thus, in its | ||||
death it is revenged on its foe. | ||||
THE DRAGON. | ||||
These go in companies together, and they twine themselves after the | ||||
manner of roots, and with their heads raised they cross lakes, and | ||||
swim to where they find better pasture; and if they did not thus | ||||
combine | ||||
1249. | ||||
they would be drowned, therefore they combine. | ||||
THE SERPENT. | ||||
The serpent is a very large animal. When it sees a bird in the air | ||||
it draws in its breath so strongly that it draws the birds into its | ||||
mouth too. Marcus Regulus, the consul of the Roman army was | ||||
attacked, with his army, by such an animal and almost defeated. And | ||||
this animal, being killed by a catapult, measured 123 feet, that is | ||||
64 1/2 braccia and its head was high above all the trees in a wood. | ||||
THE BOA(?) | ||||
This is a very large snake which entangles itself round the legs of | ||||
the cow so that it cannot move and then sucks it, in such wise that | ||||
it almost dries it up. In the time of Claudius the Emperor, there | ||||
was killed, on the Vatican Hill, | ||||
1250. | ||||
one which had inside it a boy, entire, that it had swallowed. | ||||
THE MACLI.--CAUGHT WHEN ASLEEP. | ||||
This beast is born in Scandinavia. It has the shape of a great | ||||
horse, excepting that the great length of its neck and of its ears | ||||
make a difference. It feeds on grass, going backwards, for it has so | ||||
long an upper lip that if it went forwards it would cover up the | ||||
grass. Its legs are all in one piece; for this reason when it wants | ||||
to sleep it leans against a tree, and the hunters, spying out the | ||||
place where it is wont to sleep, saw the tree almost through, and | ||||
then, when it leans against it to sleep, in its sleep it falls, and | ||||
thus the hunters take it. And every other mode of taking it is in | ||||
vain, because it is incredibly swift in running. | ||||
1251. | ||||
THE BISON WHICH DOES INJURY IN ITS FLIGHT. | ||||
This beast is a native of Paeonia and has a neck with a mane like a | ||||
horse. In all its other parts it is like a bull, excepting that its | ||||
horns are in a way bent inwards so that it cannot butt; hence it has | ||||
no safety but in flight, in which it flings out its excrement to a | ||||
distance of 400 braccia in its course, and this burns like fire | ||||
wherever it touches. | ||||
LIONS, PARDS, PANTHERS, TIGERS. | ||||
These keep their claws in the sheath, and never put them out unless | ||||
they are on the back of their prey or their enemy. | ||||
THE LIONESS. | ||||
When the lioness defends her young from the hand of the hunter, in | ||||
order not to be frightened by the spears she keeps her eyes on the | ||||
ground, to the end that she may not by her flight leave her young | ||||
ones prisoners. | ||||
1252. | ||||
THE LION. | ||||
This animal, which is so terrible, fears nothing more than the noise | ||||
of empty carts, and likewise the crowing of cocks. And it is much | ||||
terrified at the sight of one, and looks at its comb with a | ||||
frightened aspect, and is strangely alarmed when its face is | ||||
covered. | ||||
THE PANTHER IN AFRICA. | ||||
This has the form of the lioness but it is taller on its legs and | ||||
slimmer and long bodied; and it is all white and marked with black | ||||
spots after the manner of rosettes; and all animals delight to look | ||||
upon these rosettes, and they would always be standing round it if | ||||
it were not for the terror of its face; | ||||
1253. | ||||
therefore knowing this, it hides its face, and the surrounding | ||||
animals grow bold and come close, the better to enjoy the sight of | ||||
so much beauty; when suddenly it seizes the nearest and at once | ||||
devours it. | ||||
CAMELS. | ||||
The Bactrian have two humps; the Arabian one only. They are swift in | ||||
battle and most useful to carry burdens. This animal is extremely | ||||
observant of rule and measure, for it will not move if it has a | ||||
greater weight than it is used to, and if it is taken too far it | ||||
does the same, and suddenly stops and so the merchants are obliged | ||||
to lodge there. | ||||
1254. | ||||
THE TIGER. | ||||
This beast is a native of Hyrcania, and it is something like the | ||||
panther from the various spots on its skin. It is an animal of | ||||
terrible swiftness; the hunter when he finds its young ones carries | ||||
them off hastily, placing mirrors in the place whence he takes them, | ||||
and at once escapes on a swift horse. The panther returning finds | ||||
the mirrors fixed on the ground and looking into them believes it | ||||
sees its young; then scratching with its paws it discovers the | ||||
cheat. Forthwith, by means of the scent of its young, it follows the | ||||
hunter, and when this hunter sees the tigress he drops one of the | ||||
young ones and she takes it, and having carried it to the den she | ||||
immediately returns to the hunter and does | ||||
1255. | ||||
the same till he gets into his boat. | ||||
CATOBLEPAS. | ||||
It is found in Ethiopia near to the source Nigricapo. It is not a | ||||
very large animal, is sluggish in all its parts, and its head is so | ||||
large that it carries it with difficulty, in such wise that it | ||||
always droops towards the ground; otherwise it would be a great pest | ||||
to man, for any one on whom it fixes its eyes dies immediately. | ||||
[Footnote: Leonardo undoubtedly derived these remarks as to the | ||||
Catoblepas from Pliny, Hist. Nat. VIII. 21 (al. 32): _Apud Hesperios | ||||
Aethiopas fons est Nigris_ (different readings), _ut plerique | ||||
existimavere, Nili caput.-----Juxta hunc fera appellatur catoblepas, | ||||
modica alioquin, ceterisque membris iners, caput tantum praegrave | ||||
aegre ferens; alias internecio humani generis, omnibus qui oculos | ||||
ejus videre, confestim morientibus._ Aelian, _Hist. An._ gives a far | ||||
more minute description of the creature, but he says that it poisons | ||||
beasts not by its gaze, but by its venomous breath. Athenaeus 221 B, | ||||
mentions both. If Leonardo had known of these two passages, he would | ||||
scarcely have omitted the poisonous breath. (H. MULLER-STRUBING.)] | ||||
THE BASILISK. | ||||
This is found in the province of Cyrenaica and is not more than 12 | ||||
fingers long. It has on its head a white spot after the fashion of a | ||||
diadem. It scares all serpents with its whistling. It resembles a | ||||
snake, but does not move by wriggling but from the centre forwards | ||||
to the right. It is said that one | ||||
1256. | ||||
of these, being killed with a spear by one who was on horse-back, | ||||
and its venom flowing on the spear, not only the man but the horse | ||||
also died. It spoils the wheat and not only that which it touches, | ||||
but where it breathes the grass dries and the stones are split. | ||||
THE WEASEL. | ||||
This beast finding the lair of the basilisk kills it with the smell | ||||
of its urine, and this smell, indeed, often kills the weasel itself. | ||||
THE CERASTES. | ||||
This has four movable little horns; so, when it wants to feed, it | ||||
hides under leaves all of its body except these little horns which, | ||||
as they move, seem to the birds to be some small worms at play. Then | ||||
they immediately swoop down to pick them and the Cerastes suddenly | ||||
twines round them and encircles and devours them. | ||||
1257. | ||||
THE AMPHISBOENA. | ||||
This has two heads, one in its proper place the other at the tail; | ||||
as if one place were not enough from which to fling its venom. | ||||
THE IACULUS. | ||||
This lies on trees, and flings itself down like a dart, and pierces | ||||
through the wild beast and kills them. | ||||
THE ASP. | ||||
The bite of this animal cannot be cured unless by immediately | ||||
cutting out the bitten part. This pestilential animal has such a | ||||
love for its mate that they always go in company. And if, by mishap, | ||||
one of them is killed the other, with incredible swiftness, follows | ||||
him who has killed it; and it is so determined and eager for | ||||
vengeance that it overcomes every difficulty, and passing by every | ||||
troop it seeks to hurt none but its enemy. And it will travel any | ||||
distance, and it is impossible to avoid it unless by crossing water | ||||
and by very swift flight. It has its eyes turned inwards, and large | ||||
ears and it hears better than it sees. | ||||
1258. | ||||
THE ICHNEUMON. | ||||
This animal is the mortal enemy of the asp. It is a native of Egypt | ||||
and when it sees an asp near its place, it runs at once to the bed | ||||
or mud of the Nile and with this makes itself muddy all over, then | ||||
it dries itself in the sun, smears itself again with mud, and thus, | ||||
drying one after the other, it makes itself three or four coatings | ||||
like a coat of mail. Then it attacks the asp, and fights well with | ||||
him, so that, taking its time it catches him in the throat and | ||||
destroys him. | ||||
THE CROCODILE. | ||||
This is found in the Nile, it has four feet and lives on land and in | ||||
water. No other terrestrial creature but this is found to have no | ||||
tongue, and it only bites by moving its upper jaw. It grows to a | ||||
length of forty feet and has claws and is armed with a hide that | ||||
will take any blow. By day it is on land and at night in the water. | ||||
It feeds on fishes, and going to sleep on the bank of the Nile with | ||||
its mouth open, a bird called | ||||
1259. | ||||
trochilus, a very small bird, runs at once to its mouth and hops | ||||
among its teeth and goes pecking out the remains of the food, and so | ||||
inciting it with voluptuous delight tempts it to open the whole of | ||||
its mouth, and so it sleeps. This being observed by the ichneumon it | ||||
flings itself into its mouth and perforates its stomach and bowels, | ||||
and finally kills it. | ||||
THE DOLPHIN. | ||||
Nature has given such knowledge to animals, that besides the | ||||
consciousness of their own advantages they know the disadvantages of | ||||
their foes. Thus the dolphin understands what strength lies in a cut | ||||
from the fins placed on his chine, and how tender is the belly of | ||||
the crocodile; hence in fighting with him it thrusts at him from | ||||
beneath and rips up his belly and so kills him. | ||||
The crocodile is a terror to those that flee, and a base coward to | ||||
those that pursue him. | ||||
1260. | ||||
THE HIPPOPOTAMUS. | ||||
This beast when it feels itself over-full goes about seeking thorns, | ||||
or where there may be the remains of canes that have been split, and | ||||
it rubs against them till a vein is opened; then when the blood has | ||||
flowed as much as he needs, he plasters himself with mud and heals | ||||
the wound. In form he is something like a horse with long haunches, | ||||
a twisted tail and the teeth of a wild boar, his neck has a mane; | ||||
the skin cannot be pierced, unless when he is bathing; he feeds on | ||||
plants in the fields and goes into them backwards so that it may | ||||
seem, as though he had come out. | ||||
THE IBIS. | ||||
This bird resembles a crane, and when it feels itself ill it fills | ||||
its craw with water, and with its beak makes an injection of it. | ||||
THE STAG. | ||||
These creatures when they feel themselves bitten by the spider | ||||
called father-long-legs, eat crabs and free themselves of the venom. | ||||
1261. | ||||
THE LIZARD. | ||||
This, when fighting with serpents eats the sow-thistle and is free. | ||||
THE SWALLOW. | ||||
This [bird] gives sight to its blind young ones, with the juice of | ||||
the celandine. | ||||
THE WEASEL. | ||||
This, when chasing rats first eats of rue. | ||||
THE WILD BOAR. | ||||
This beast cures its sickness by eating of ivy. | ||||
THE SNAKE. | ||||
This creature when it wants to renew itself casts its old skin, | ||||
beginning with the head, and changing in one day and one night. | ||||
THE PANTHER. | ||||
This beast after its bowels have fallen out will still fight with | ||||
the dogs and hunters. | ||||
1262. | ||||
THE CHAMELEON. | ||||
This creature always takes the colour of the thing on which it is | ||||
resting, whence it is often devoured together with the leaves on | ||||
which the elephant feeds. | ||||
THE RAVEN. | ||||
When it has killed the Chameleon it takes laurel as a purge. | ||||
1263. | ||||
Moderation checks all the vices. The ermine will die rather than | ||||
besmirch itself. | ||||
OF FORESIGHT. | ||||
The cock does not crow till it has thrice flapped its wings; the | ||||
parrot in moving among boughs never puts its feet excepting where it | ||||
has first put its beak. Vows are not made till Hope is dead. | ||||
Motion tends towards the centre of gravity. | ||||
1264. | ||||
MAGNANIMITY. | ||||
The falcon never seizes any but large birds and will sooner die than | ||||
eat [tainted] meat of bad savour. | ||||
II. | ||||
FABLES. | ||||
Fables on animals (1265-1270). | ||||
1265. | ||||
A FABLE. | ||||
An oyster being turned out together with other fish in the house of | ||||
a fisherman near the sea, he entreated a rat to take him to the sea. | ||||
The rat purposing to eat him bid him open; but as he bit him the | ||||
oyster squeezed his head and closed; and the cat came and killed | ||||
him. | ||||
1266. | ||||
A FABLE. | ||||
The thrushes rejoiced greatly at seeing a man take the owl and | ||||
deprive her of liberty, tying her feet with strong bonds. But this | ||||
owl was afterwards by means of bird-lime the cause of the thrushes | ||||
losing not only their liberty, but their life. This is said for | ||||
those countries which rejoice in seeing their governors lose their | ||||
liberty, when by that means they themselves lose all succour, and | ||||
remain in bondage in the power of their enemies, losing their | ||||
liberty and often their life. | ||||
1267. | ||||
A FABLE. | ||||
A dog, lying asleep on the fur of a sheep, one of his fleas, | ||||
perceiving the odour of the greasy wool, judged that this must be a | ||||
land of better living, and also more secure from the teeth and nails | ||||
of the dog than where he fed on the dog; and without farther | ||||
reflection he left the dog and went into the thick wool. There he | ||||
began with great labour to try to pass among the roots of the hairs; | ||||
but after much sweating had to give up the task as vain, because | ||||
these hairs were so close that they almost touched each other, and | ||||
there was no space where fleas could taste the skin. Hence, after | ||||
much labour and fatigue, he began to wish to return to his dog, who | ||||
however had already departed; so he was constrained after long | ||||
repentance and bitter tears, to die of hunger. | ||||
1268. | ||||
A FABLE. | ||||
The vain and wandering butterfly, not content with being able to fly | ||||
at its ease through the air, overcome by the tempting flame of the | ||||
candle, decided to fly into it; but its sportive impulse was the | ||||
cause of a sudden fall, for its delicate wings were burnt in the | ||||
flame. And the hapless butterfly having dropped, all scorched, at | ||||
the foot of the candlestick, after much lamentation and repentance, | ||||
dried the tears from its swimming eyes, and raising its face | ||||
exclaimed: O false light! how many must thou have miserably deceived | ||||
in the past, like me; or if I must indeed see light so near, ought I | ||||
not to have known the sun from the false glare of dirty tallow? | ||||
A FABLE. | ||||
The monkey, finding a nest of small birds, went up to it greatly | ||||
delighted. But they, being already fledged, he could only succeed in | ||||
taking the smallest; greatly delighted he took it in his hand and | ||||
went to his abode; and having begun to look at the little bird he | ||||
took to kissing it, and from excess of love he kissed it so much and | ||||
turned it about and squeezed it till he killed it. This is said for | ||||
those who by not punishing their children let them come to mischief. | ||||
1269. | ||||
A FABLE. | ||||
A rat was besieged in his little dwelling by a weasel, which with | ||||
unwearied vigilance awaited his surrender, while watching his | ||||
imminent peril through a little hole. Meanwhile the cat came by and | ||||
suddenly seized the weasel and forthwith devoured it. Then the rat | ||||
offered up a sacrifice to Jove of some of his store of nuts, humbly | ||||
thanking His providence, and came out of his hole to enjoy his | ||||
lately lost liberty. But he was instantly deprived of it, together | ||||
with his life, by the cruel claws and teeth of the lurking cat. | ||||
1270. | ||||
A FABLE. | ||||
The ant found a grain of millet. The seed feeling itself taken | ||||
prisoner cried out to her: "If you will do me the kindness to allow | ||||
me accomplish my function of reproduction, I will give you a hundred | ||||
such as I am." And so it was. | ||||
A Spider found a bunch of grapes which for its sweetness was much | ||||
resorted to by bees and divers kinds of flies. It seemed to her that | ||||
she had found a most convenient spot to spread her snare, and having | ||||
settled herself on it with her delicate web, and entered into her | ||||
new habitation, there, every day placing herself in the openings | ||||
made by the spaces between the grapes, she fell like a thief on the | ||||
wretched creatures which were not aware of her. But, after a few | ||||
days had passed, the vintager came, and cut away the bunch of grapes | ||||
and put it with others, with which it was trodden; and thus the | ||||
grapes were a snare and pitfall both for the treacherous spider and | ||||
the betrayed flies. | ||||
An ass having gone to sleep on the ice over a deep lake, his heat | ||||
dissolved the ice and the ass awoke under water to his great grief, | ||||
and was forthwith drowned. | ||||
A falcon, unable to endure with patience the disappearance of a | ||||
duck, which, flying before him had plunged under water, wished to | ||||
follow it under water, and having soaked his feathers had to remain | ||||
in the water while the duck rising to the air mocked at the falcon | ||||
as he drowned. | ||||
The spider wishing to take flies in her treacherous net, was cruelly | ||||
killed in it by the hornet. | ||||
An eagle wanting to mock at the owl was caught by the wings in | ||||
bird-lime and was taken and killed by a man. | ||||
Fables on lifeless objects (1271--1274). | ||||
1271. | ||||
The water finding that its element was the lordly ocean, was seized | ||||
with a desire to rise above the air, and being encouraged by the | ||||
element of fire and rising as a very subtle vapour, it seemed as | ||||
though it were really as thin as air. But having risen very high, it | ||||
reached the air that was still more rare and cold, where the fire | ||||
forsook it, and the minute particles, being brought together, united | ||||
and became heavy; whence its haughtiness deserting it, it betook | ||||
itself to flight and it fell from the sky, and was drunk up by the | ||||
dry earth, where, being imprisoned for a long time, it did penance | ||||
for its sin. | ||||
1272. | ||||
A FABLE. | ||||
The razor having one day come forth from the handle which serves as | ||||
its sheath and having placed himself in the sun, saw the sun | ||||
reflected in his body, which filled him with great pride. And | ||||
turning it over in his thoughts he began to say to himself: "And | ||||
shall I return again to that shop from which I have just come? | ||||
Certainly not; such splendid beauty shall not, please God, be turned | ||||
to such base uses. What folly it would be that could lead me to | ||||
shave the lathered beards of rustic peasants and perform such menial | ||||
service! Is this body destined for such work? Certainly not. I will | ||||
hide myself in some retired spot and there pass my life in tranquil | ||||
repose." And having thus remained hidden for some months, one day he | ||||
came out into the air, and issuing from his sheath, saw himself | ||||
turned to the similitude of a rusty saw while his surface no longer | ||||
reflected the resplendent sun. With useless repentance he vainly | ||||
deplored the irreparable mischief saying to himself: "Oh! how far | ||||
better was it to employ at the barbers my lost edge of such | ||||
exquisite keenness! Where is that lustrous surface? It has been | ||||
consumed by this vexatious and unsightly rust." | ||||
The same thing happens to those minds which instead of exercise give | ||||
themselves up to sloth. They are like the razor here spoken of, and | ||||
lose the keenness of their edge, while the rust of ignorance spoils | ||||
their form. | ||||
A FABLE. | ||||
A stone of some size recently uncovered by the water lay on a | ||||
certain spot somewhat raised, and just where a delightful grove | ||||
ended by a stony road; here it was surrounded by plants decorated by | ||||
various flowers of divers colours. And as it saw the great quantity | ||||
of stones collected together in the roadway below, it began to wish | ||||
it could let itself fall down there, saying to itself: "What have I | ||||
to do here with these plants? I want to live in the company of | ||||
those, my sisters." And letting itself fall, its rapid course ended | ||||
among these longed for companions. When it had been there sometime | ||||
it began to find itself constantly toiling under the wheels of the | ||||
carts the iron-shoed feet of horses and of travellers. This one | ||||
rolled it over, that one trod upon it; sometimes it lifted itself a | ||||
little and then it was covered with mud or the dung of some animal, | ||||
and it was in vain that it looked at the spot whence it had come as | ||||
a place of solitude and tranquil place. | ||||
Thus it happens to those who choose to leave a life of solitary | ||||
comtemplation, and come to live in cities among people full of | ||||
infinite evil. | ||||
1273. | ||||
Some flames had already lasted in the furnace of a glass-blower, | ||||
when they saw a candle approaching in a beautiful and glittering | ||||
candlestick. With ardent longing they strove to reach it; and one of | ||||
them, quitting its natural course, writhed up to an unburnt brand on | ||||
which it fed and passed at the opposite end out by a narrow chink to | ||||
the candle which was near. It flung itself upon it, and with fierce | ||||
jealousy and greediness it devoured it, having reduced it almost to | ||||
death, and, wishing to procure the prolongation of its life, it | ||||
tried to return to the furnace whence it had come. But in vain, for | ||||
it was compelled to die, the wood perishing together with the | ||||
candle, being at last converted, with lamentation and repentance, | ||||
into foul smoke, while leaving all its sisters in brilliant and | ||||
enduring life and beauty. | ||||
1274. | ||||
A small patch of snow finding itself clinging to the top of a rock | ||||
which was lying on the topmost height of a very high mountain and | ||||
being left to its own imaginings, it began to reflect in this way, | ||||
saying to itself: "Now, shall not I be thought vain and proud for | ||||
having placed myself--such a small patch of snow--in so lofty a | ||||
spot, and for allowing that so large a quantity of snow as I have | ||||
seen here around me, should take a place lower than mine? Certainly | ||||
my small dimensions by no means merit this elevation. How easily may | ||||
I, in proof of my insignificance, experience the same fate as that | ||||
which the sun brought about yesterday to my companions, who were | ||||
all, in a few hours, destroyed by the sun. And this happened from | ||||
their having placed themselves higher than became them. I will flee | ||||
from the wrath of the sun, and humble myself and find a place | ||||
befitting my small importance." Thus, flinging itself down, it began | ||||
to descend, hurrying from its high home on to the other snow; but | ||||
the more it sought a low place the more its bulk increased, so that | ||||
when at last its course was ended on a hill, it found itself no less | ||||
in size than the hill which supported it; and it was the last of the | ||||
snow which was destroyed that summer by the sun. This is said for | ||||
those who, humbling themselves, become exalted. | ||||
Fables on plants (1275-1279). | ||||
1275. | ||||
The cedar, being desirous of producing a fine and noble fruit at its | ||||
summit, set to work to form it with all the strength of its sap. But | ||||
this fruit, when grown, was the cause of the tall and upright | ||||
tree-top being bent over. | ||||
The peach, being envious of the vast quantity of fruit which she saw | ||||
borne on the nut-tree, her neighbour, determined to do the same, and | ||||
loaded herself with her own in such a way that the weight of the | ||||
fruit pulled her up by the roots and broke her down to the ground. | ||||
The nut-tree stood always by a road side displaying the wealth of | ||||
its fruit to the passers by, and every one cast stones at it. | ||||
The fig-tree, having no fruit, no one looked at it; then, wishing to | ||||
produce fruits that it might be praised by men, it was bent and | ||||
broken down by them. | ||||
The fig-tree, standing by the side of the elm and seeing that its | ||||
boughs were bare of fruit, yet that it had the audacity to keep the | ||||
Sun from its own unripe figs with its branches, said to it: "Oh elm! | ||||
art thou not ashamed to stand in front of me. But wait till my | ||||
offspring are fully grown and you will see where you are!" But when | ||||
her offspring were mature, a troop of soldiers coming by fell upon | ||||
the fig-tree and her figs were all torn off her, and her boughs cut | ||||
away and broken. Then, when she was thus maimed in all her limbs, | ||||
the elm asked her, saying: "O fig-tree! which was best, to be | ||||
without offspring, or to be brought by them into so miserable a | ||||
plight!" | ||||
1276. | ||||
The plant complains of the old and dry stick which stands by its | ||||
side and of the dry stakes that surround it. | ||||
One keeps it upright, the other keeps it from low company. | ||||
1277. | ||||
A FABLE. | ||||
A nut, having been carried by a crow to the top of a tall campanile | ||||
and released by falling into a chink from the mortal grip of its | ||||
beak, it prayed the wall by the grace bestowed on it by God in | ||||
allowing it to be so high and thick, and to own such fine bells and | ||||
of so noble a tone, that it would succour it, and that, as it had | ||||
not been able to fall under the verdurous boughs of its venerable | ||||
father and lie in the fat earth covered up by his fallen leaves it | ||||
would not abandon it; because, finding itself in the beak of the | ||||
cruel crow, it had there made a vow that if it escaped from her it | ||||
would end its life in a little hole. At these words the wall, moved | ||||
to compassion, was content to shelter it in the spot where it had | ||||
fallen; and after a short time the nut began to split open and put | ||||
forth roots between the rifts of the stones and push them apart, and | ||||
to throw out shoots from its hollow shell; and, to be brief, these | ||||
rose above the building and the twisted roots, growing thicker, | ||||
began to thrust the walls apart, and tear out the ancient stones | ||||
from their old places. Then the wall too late and in vain bewailed | ||||
the cause of its destruction and in a short time, it wrought the | ||||
ruin of a great part of it. | ||||
1278. | ||||
A FABLE. | ||||
The privet feeling its tender boughs loaded with young fruit, | ||||
pricked by the sharp claws and beak of the insolent blackbird, | ||||
complained to the blackbird with pitious remonstrance entreating her | ||||
that since she stole its delicious fruits she should not deprive it | ||||
of the leaves with which it preserved them from the burning rays of | ||||
the sun, and that she should not divest it of its tender bark by | ||||
scratching it with her sharp claws. To which the blackbird replied | ||||
with angry upbraiding: "O, be silent, uncultured shrub! Do you not | ||||
know that Nature made you produce these fruits for my nourishment; | ||||
do you not see that you are in the world [only] to serve me as food; | ||||
do you not know, base creature, that next winter you will be food | ||||
and prey for the Fire?" To which words the tree listened patiently, | ||||
and not without tears. After a short time the blackbird was taken in | ||||
a net and boughs were cut to make a cage, in which to imprison her. | ||||
Branches were cut, among others from the pliant privet, to serve for | ||||
the small rods of the cage; and seeing herself to be the cause of | ||||
the Blackbird's loss of liberty it rejoiced and spoke as follows: "O | ||||
Blackbird, I am here, and not yet burnt by fire as you said. I shall | ||||
see you in prison before you see me burnt." | ||||
A FABLE. | ||||
The laurel and the myrtle seeing the pear tree cut down cried out | ||||
with a loud voice: "O pear-tree! whither are you going? Where is the | ||||
pride you had when you were covered with ripe fruits? Now you will | ||||
no longer shade us with your mass of leaves." Then the pear-tree | ||||
replied: "I am going with the husbandman who has cut me down and who | ||||
will take me to the workshop of a good sculptor who by his art will | ||||
make me take the form of Jove the god; and I shall be dedicated in a | ||||
temple and adored by men in the place of Jove, while you are bound | ||||
always to remain maimed and stripped of your boughs, which will be | ||||
placed round me to do me honour. | ||||
A FABLE. | ||||
The chesnut, seeing a man upon the fig-tree, bending its boughs down | ||||
and pulling off the ripe fruits, which he put into his open mouth | ||||
destroying and crushing them with his hard teeth, it tossed its long | ||||
boughs and with a noisy rustle exclaimed: "O fig! how much less are | ||||
you protected by nature than I. See how in me my sweet offspring are | ||||
set in close array; first clothed in soft wrappers over which is the | ||||
hard but softly lined husk; and not content with taking this care of | ||||
me, and having given them so strong a shelter, on this she has | ||||
placed sharp and close-set spines so that the hand of man cannot | ||||
hurt me." Then the fig-tree and her offspring began to laugh and | ||||
having laughed she said: "I know man to be of such ingenuity that | ||||
with rods and stones and stakes flung up among your branches he will | ||||
bereave you of your fruits; and when they are fallen, he will | ||||
trample them with his feet or with stones, so that your offspring | ||||
will come out of their armour, crushed and maimed; while I am | ||||
touched carefully by their hands, and not like you with sticks and | ||||
stones." | ||||
1279. | ||||
The hapless willow, finding that she could not enjoy the pleasure of | ||||
seeing her slender branches grow or attain to the height she wished, | ||||
or point to the sky, by reason of the vine and whatever other trees | ||||
that grew near, but was always maimed and lopped and spoiled, | ||||
brought all her spirits together and gave and devoted itself | ||||
entirely to imagination, standing plunged in long meditation and | ||||
seeking, in all the world of plants, with which of them she might | ||||
ally herself and which could not need the help of her withes. Having | ||||
stood for some time in this prolific imagination, with a sudden | ||||
flash the gourd presented itself to her thoughts and tossing all her | ||||
branches with extreme delight, it seemed to her that she had found | ||||
the companion suited to her purpose, because the gourd is more apt | ||||
to bind others than to need binding; having come to this conclusion | ||||
she awaited eagerly some friendly bird who should be the mediator of | ||||
her wishes. Presently seeing near her the magpie she said to him: "O | ||||
gentle bird! by the memory of the refuge which you found this | ||||
morning among my branches, when the hungry cruel, and rapacious | ||||
falcon wanted to devour you, and by that repose which you have | ||||
always found in me when your wings craved rest, and by the pleasure | ||||
you have enjoyed among my boughs, when playing with your companions | ||||
or making love--I entreat you find the gourd and obtain from her | ||||
some of her seeds, and tell her that those that are born of them I | ||||
will treat exactly as though they were my own flesh and blood; and | ||||
in this way use all the words you can think of, which are of the | ||||
same persuasive purport; though, indeed, since you are a master of | ||||
language, I need not teach you. And if you will do me this service I | ||||
shall be happy to have your nest in the fork of my boughs, and all | ||||
your family without payment of any rent." Then the magpie, having | ||||
made and confirmed certain new stipulations with the willow,--and | ||||
principally that she should never admit upon her any snake or | ||||
polecat, cocked his tail, and put down his head, and flung himself | ||||
from the bough, throwing his weight upon his wings; and these, | ||||
beating the fleeting air, now here, now there, bearing about | ||||
inquisitively, while his tail served as a rudder to steer him, he | ||||
came to a gourd; then with a handsome bow and a few polite words, he | ||||
obtained the required seeds, and carried them to the willow, who | ||||
received him with a cheerful face. And when he had scraped away with | ||||
his foot a small quantity of the earth near the willow, describing a | ||||
circle, with his beak he planted the grains, which in a short time | ||||
began to grow, and by their growth and the branches to take up all | ||||
the boughs of the willow, while their broad leaves deprived it of | ||||
the beauty of the sun and sky. And not content with so much evil, | ||||
the gourds next began, by their rude hold, to drag the ends of the | ||||
tender shoots down towards the earth, with strange twisting and | ||||
distortion. | ||||
Then, being much annoyed, it shook itself in vain to throw off the | ||||
gourd. After raving for some days in such plans vainly, because the | ||||
firm union forbade it, seeing the wind come by it commended itself | ||||
to him. The wind flew hard and opened the old and hollow stem of the | ||||
willow in two down to the roots, so that it fell into two parts. In | ||||
vain did it bewail itself recognising that it was born to no good | ||||
end. | ||||
III. | ||||
JESTS AND TALES. | ||||
1280. | ||||
A JEST. | ||||
A priest, making the rounds of his parish on Easter Eve, and | ||||
sprinkling holy water in the houses as is customary, came to a | ||||
painter's room, where he sprinkled the water on some of his | ||||
pictures. The painter turned round, somewhat angered, and asked him | ||||
why this sprinkling had been bestowed on his pictures; then said the | ||||
priest, that it was the custom and his duty to do so, and that he | ||||
was doing good; and that he who did good might look for good in | ||||
return, and, indeed, for better, since God had promised that every | ||||
good deed that was done on earth should be rewarded a hundred-fold | ||||
from above. Then the painter, waiting till he went out, went to an | ||||
upper window and flung a large pail of water on the priest's back, | ||||
saying: "Here is the reward a hundred-fold from above, which you | ||||
said would come from the good you had done me with your holy water, | ||||
by which you have damaged my pictures." | ||||
1281. | ||||
When wine is drunk by a drunkard, that wine is revenged on the | ||||
drinker. | ||||
1282. | ||||
Wine, the divine juice of the grape, finding itself in a golden and | ||||
richly wrought cup, on the table of Mahomet, was puffed up with | ||||
pride at so much honour; when suddenly it was struck by a contrary | ||||
reflection, saying to itself: "What am I about, that I should | ||||
rejoice, and not perceive that I am now near to my death and shall | ||||
leave my golden abode in this cup to enter into the foul and fetid | ||||
caverns of the human body, and to be transmuted from a fragrant and | ||||
delicious liquor into a foul and base one. Nay, and as though so | ||||
much evil as this were not enough, I must for a long time lie in | ||||
hideous receptacles, together with other fetid and corrupt matter, | ||||
cast out from human intestines." And it cried to Heaven, imploring | ||||
vengeance for so much insult, and that an end might henceforth be | ||||
put to such contempt; and that, since that country produced the | ||||
finest and best grapes in the whole world, at least they should not | ||||
be turned into wine. Then Jove made that wine drunk by Mahomet to | ||||
rise in spirit to his brain; and that in so deleterious a manner | ||||
that it made him mad, and gave birth to so many follies that when he | ||||
had recovered himself, he made a law that no Asiatic should drink | ||||
wine, and henceforth the vine and its fruit were left free. | ||||
As soon as wine has entered the stomach it begins to ferment and | ||||
swell; then the spirit of that man begins to abandon his body, | ||||
rising as it were skywards, and the brain finds itself parting from | ||||
the body. Then it begins to degrade him, and make him rave like a | ||||
madman, and then he does irreparable evil, killing his friends. | ||||
1283. | ||||
An artizan often going to visit a great gentleman without any | ||||
definite purpose, the gentleman asked him what he did this for. The | ||||
other said that he came there to have a pleasure which his lordship | ||||
could not have; since to him it was a satisfaction to see men | ||||
greater than himself, as is the way with the populace; while the | ||||
gentleman could only see men of less consequence than himself; and | ||||
so lords and great men were deprived of that pleasure. | ||||
1284. | ||||
Franciscan begging Friars are wont, at certain times, to keep fasts, | ||||
when they do not eat meat in their convents. But on journeys, as | ||||
they live on charity, they have license to eat whatever is set | ||||
before them. Now a couple of these friars on their travels, stopped | ||||
at an inn, in company with a certain merchant, and sat down with him | ||||
at the same table, where, from the poverty of the inn, nothing was | ||||
served to them but a small roast chicken. The merchant, seeing this | ||||
to be but little even for himself, turned to the friars and said: | ||||
"If my memory serves me, you do not eat any kind of flesh in your | ||||
convents at this season." At these words the friars were compelled | ||||
by their rule to admit, without cavil, that this was the truth; so | ||||
the merchant had his wish, and eat the chicken and the friars did | ||||
the best they could. After dinner the messmates departed, all three | ||||
together, and after travelling some distance they came to a river of | ||||
some width and depth. All three being on foot--the friars by reason | ||||
of their poverty, and the other from avarice--it was necessary by | ||||
the custom of company that one of the friars, being barefoot, should | ||||
carry the merchant on his shoulders: so having given his wooden | ||||
shoes into his keeping, he took up his man. But it so happened that | ||||
when the friar had got to the middle of the river, he again | ||||
remembered a rule of his order, and stopping short, he looked up, | ||||
like Saint Christopher, to the burden on his back and said: "Tell | ||||
me, have you any money about you?"--"You know I have", answered the | ||||
other, "How do you suppose that a Merchant like me should go about | ||||
otherwise?" "Alack!" cried the friar, "our rules forbid as to carry | ||||
any money on our persons," and forthwith he dropped him into the | ||||
water, which the merchant perceived was a facetious way of being | ||||
revenged on the indignity he had done them; so, with a smiling face, | ||||
and blushing somewhat with shame, he peaceably endured the revenge. | ||||
1285. | ||||
A JEST. | ||||
A man wishing to prove, by the authority of Pythagoras, that he had | ||||
formerly been in the world, while another would not let him finish | ||||
his argument, the first speaker said to the second: "It is by this | ||||
token that I was formerly here, I remember that you were a miller." | ||||
The other one, feeling himself stung by these words, agreed that it | ||||
was true, and that by the same token he remembered that the speaker | ||||
had been the ass that carried the flour. | ||||
A JEST. | ||||
It was asked of a painter why, since he made such beautiful figures, | ||||
which were but dead things, his children were so ugly; to which the | ||||
painter replied that he made his pictures by day, and his children | ||||
by night. | ||||
1286. | ||||
A man saw a large sword which another one wore at his side. Said he | ||||
"Poor fellow, for a long time I have seen you tied to that weapon; | ||||
why do you not release yourself as your hands are untied, and set | ||||
yourself free?" To which the other replied: "This is none of yours, | ||||
on the contrary it is an old story." The former speaker, feeling | ||||
stung, replied: "I know that you are acquainted with so few things | ||||
in this world, that I thought anything I could tell you would be new | ||||
to you." | ||||
1287. | ||||
A man gave up his intimacy with one of his friends because he often | ||||
spoke ill of his other friends. The neglected friend one day | ||||
lamenting to this former friend, after much complaining, entreated | ||||
him to say what might be the cause that had made him forget so much | ||||
friendship. To which he answered: "I will no longer be intimate with | ||||
you because I love you, and I do not choose that you, by speaking | ||||
ill of me, your friend, to others, should produce in others, as in | ||||
me, a bad impression of yourself, by speaking evil to them of me, | ||||
your friend. Therefore, being no longer intimate together, it will | ||||
seem as though we had become enemies; and in speaking evil of me, as | ||||
is your wont, you will not be blamed so much as if we continued | ||||
intimate. | ||||
1288. | ||||
A man was arguing and boasting that he knew many and various tricks. | ||||
Another among the bystanders said: "I know how to play a trick which | ||||
will make whomsoever I like pull off his breeches." The first man-- | ||||
the boaster--said: "You won't make me pull off mine, and I bet you a | ||||
pair of hose on it." He who proposed the game, having accepted the | ||||
offer, produced breeches and drew them across the face of him who | ||||
bet the pair of hose and won the bet [4]. | ||||
A man said to an acquaintance: "Your eyes are changed to a strange | ||||
colour." The other replied: "It often happens, but you have not | ||||
noticed it." "When does it happen?" said the former. "Every time | ||||
that my eyes see your ugly face, from the shock of so unpleasing a | ||||
sight they suddenly turn pale and change to a strange colour." | ||||
A man said to another: "Your eyes are changed to a strange colour." | ||||
The other replied: "It is because my eyes behold your strange ugly | ||||
face." | ||||
A man said that in his country were the strangest things in the | ||||
world. Another answered: "You, who were born there, confirm this as | ||||
true, by the strangeness of your ugly face." | ||||
[Footnote: The joke turns, it appears, on two meanings of trarre and | ||||
is not easily translated.] | ||||
1289. | ||||
An old man was publicly casting contempt on a young one, and boldly | ||||
showing that he did not fear him; on which the young man replied | ||||
that his advanced age served him better as a shield than either his | ||||
tongue or his strength. | ||||
1290. | ||||
A JEST. | ||||
A sick man finding himself in _articulo mortis_ heard a knock at the | ||||
door, and asking one of his servants who was knocking, the servant | ||||
went out, and answered that it was a woman calling herself Madonna | ||||
Bona. Then the sick man lifting his arms to Heaven thanked God with | ||||
a loud voice, and told the servants that they were to let her come | ||||
in at once, so that he might see one good woman before he died, | ||||
since in all his life he had never yet seen one. | ||||
1291. | ||||
A JEST. | ||||
A man was desired to rise from bed, because the sun was already | ||||
risen. To which he replied: "If I had as far to go, and as much to | ||||
do as he has, I should be risen by now; but having but a little way | ||||
to go, I shall not rise yet." | ||||
1292. | ||||
A man, seeing a woman ready to hold up the target for a jousting | ||||
match, exclaimed, looking at the shield, and considering his spear: | ||||
"Alack! this is too small a workman for so great a business." | ||||
IV. | ||||
PROPHECIES. | ||||
1293. | ||||
THE DIVISION OF THE PROPHECIES. | ||||
First, of things relating to animals; secondly, of irrational | ||||
creatures; thirdly of plants; fourthly, of ceremonies; fifthly, of | ||||
manners; sixthly, of cases or edicts or quarrels; seventhly, of | ||||
cases that are impossible in nature [paradoxes], as, for instance, | ||||
of those things which, the more is taken from them, the more they | ||||
grow. And reserve the great matters till the end, and the small | ||||
matters give at the beginning. And first show the evils and then the | ||||
punishment of philosophical things. | ||||
(Of Ants.) | ||||
These creatures will form many communities, which will hide | ||||
themselves and their young ones and victuals in dark caverns, and | ||||
they will feed themselves and their families in dark places for many | ||||
months without any light, artificial or natural. | ||||
[Footnote: Lines 1--5l are in the original written in one column, | ||||
beginning with the text of line 11. At the end of the column is the | ||||
programme for the arrangement of the prophecies, placed here at the | ||||
head: Lines 56--79 form a second column, lines 80--97 a third one | ||||
(see the reproduction of the text on the facsimile PI. CXVIII). | ||||
Another suggestion for the arrangement of the prophecies is to be | ||||
found among the notes 55--57 on page 357.] | ||||
(Of Bees.) | ||||
And many others will be deprived of their store and their food, and | ||||
will be cruelly submerged and drowned by folks devoid of reason. Oh | ||||
Justice of God! Why dost thou not wake and behold thy creatures thus | ||||
ill used? | ||||
(Of Sheep, Cows, Goats and the like.) | ||||
Endless multitudes of these will have their little children taken | ||||
from them ripped open and flayed and most barbarously quartered. | ||||
(Of Nuts, and Olives, and Acorns, and Chesnuts, and such like.) | ||||
Many offspring shall be snatched by cruel thrashing from the very | ||||
arms of their mothers, and flung on the ground, and crushed. | ||||
(Of Children bound in Bundles.) | ||||
O cities of the Sea! In you I see your citizens--both females and | ||||
males--tightly bound, arms and legs, with strong withes by folks who | ||||
will not understand your language. And you will only be able to | ||||
assuage your sorrows and lost liberty by means of tearful complaints | ||||
and sighing and lamentation among yourselves; for those who will | ||||
bind you will not understand you, nor will you understand them. | ||||
(Of Cats that eat Rats.) | ||||
In you, O cities of Africa your children will be seen quartered in | ||||
their own houses by most cruel and rapacious beasts of your own | ||||
country. | ||||
(Of Asses that are beaten.) | ||||
[Footnote 48: Compare No. 845.] O Nature! Wherefore art thou so | ||||
partial; being to some of thy children a tender and benign mother, | ||||
and to others a most cruel and pitiless stepmother? I see children | ||||
of thine given up to slavery to others, without any sort of | ||||
advantage, and instead of remuneration for the good they do, they | ||||
are paid with the severest suffering, and spend their whole life in | ||||
benefitting those who ill treat them. | ||||
(Of Men who sleep on boards of Trees.) | ||||
Men shall sleep, and eat, and dwell among trees, in the forests and | ||||
open country. | ||||
(Of Dreaming.) | ||||
Men will seem to see new destructions in the sky. The flames that | ||||
fall from it will seem to rise in it and to fly from it with terror. | ||||
They will hear every kind of animals speak in human language. They | ||||
will instantaneously run in person in various parts of the world, | ||||
without motion. They will see the greatest splendour in the midst of | ||||
darkness. O! marvel of the human race! What madness has led you | ||||
thus! You will speak with animals of every species and they with you | ||||
in human speech. You will see yourself fall from great heights | ||||
without any harm and torrents will accompany you, and will mingle | ||||
with their rapid course. | ||||
(Of Christians.) | ||||
Many who hold the faith of the Son only build temples in the name of | ||||
the Mother. | ||||
(Of Food which has been alive.) | ||||
[84] A great portion of bodies that have been alive will pass into | ||||
the bodies of other animals; which is as much as to say, that the | ||||
deserted tenements will pass piecemeal into the inhabited ones, | ||||
furnishing them with good things, and carrying with them their | ||||
evils. That is to say the life of man is formed from things eaten, | ||||
and these carry with them that part of man which dies . . . | ||||
1294. | ||||
(Of Funeral Rites, and Processions, and Lights, and Bells, and | ||||
Followers.) | ||||
The greatest honours will be paid to men, and much pomp, without | ||||
their knowledge. | ||||
[Footnote: A facsimile of this text is on PI. CXVI below on the | ||||
right, but the writing is larger than the other notes on the same | ||||
sheet and of a somewhat different style. The ink is also of a | ||||
different hue, as may be seen on the original sheet at Milan.] | ||||
1295. | ||||
(Of the Avaricious.) | ||||
There will be many who will eagerly and with great care and | ||||
solicitude follow up a thing, which, if they only knew its | ||||
malignity, would always terrify them. | ||||
(Of those men, who, the older they grow, the more avaricious they | ||||
become, whereas, having but little time to stay, they should become | ||||
more liberal.) | ||||
We see those who are regarded as being most experienced and | ||||
judicious, when they least need a thing, seek and cherish it with | ||||
most avidity. | ||||
(Of the Ditch.) | ||||
Many will be busied in taking away from a thing, which will grow in | ||||
proportion as it is diminished. | ||||
(Of a Weight placed on a Feather-pillow.) | ||||
And it will be seen in many bodies that by raising the head they | ||||
swell visibly; and by laying the raised head down again, their size | ||||
will immediately be diminished. | ||||
(Of catching Lice.) | ||||
And many will be hunters of animals, which, the fewer there are the | ||||
more will be taken; and conversely, the more there are, the fewer | ||||
will be taken. | ||||
(Of Drawing Water in two Buckets with a single Rope.) | ||||
And many will be busily occupied, though the more of the thing they | ||||
draw up, the more will escape at the other end. | ||||
(Of the Tongues of Pigs and Calves in Sausage-skins.) | ||||
Oh! how foul a thing, that we should see the tongue of one animal in | ||||
the guts of another. | ||||
(Of Sieves made of the Hair of Animals.) | ||||
We shall see the food of animals pass through their skin everyway | ||||
excepting through their mouths, and penetrate from the outside | ||||
downwards to the ground. | ||||
(Of Lanterns.) | ||||
[Footnote 35: Lanterns were in Italy formerly made of horn.] The | ||||
cruel horns of powerful bulls will screen the lights of night | ||||
against the wild fury of the winds. | ||||
(Of Feather-beds.) | ||||
Flying creatures will give their very feathers to support men. | ||||
(Of Animals which walk on Trees--wearing wooden Shoes.) | ||||
The mire will be so great that men will walk on the trees of their | ||||
country. | ||||
(Of the Soles of Shoes, which are made from the Ox.) | ||||
And in many parts of the country men will be seen walking on the | ||||
skins of large beasts. | ||||
(Of Sailing in Ships.) | ||||
There will be great winds by reason of which things of the East will | ||||
become things of the West; and those of the South, being involved in | ||||
the course of the winds, will follow them to distant lands. | ||||
(Of Worshipping the Pictures of Saints.) | ||||
Men will speak to men who hear not; having their eyes open, they | ||||
will not see; they will speak to these, and they will not be | ||||
answered. They will implore favours of those who have ears and hear | ||||
not; they will make light for the blind. | ||||
(Of Sawyers.) | ||||
There will be many men who will move one against another, holding in | ||||
their hands a cutting tool. But these will not do each other any | ||||
injury beyond tiring each other; for, when one pushes forward the | ||||
other will draw back. But woe to him who comes between them! For he | ||||
will end by being cut in pieces. | ||||
(Of Silk-spinning.) | ||||
Dismal cries will be heard loud, shrieking with anguish, and the | ||||
hoarse and smothered tones of those who will be despoiled, and at | ||||
last left naked and motionless; and this by reason of the mover, | ||||
which makes every thing turn round. | ||||
(Of putting Bread into the Mouth of the Oven and taking it out | ||||
again.) | ||||
In every city, land, castle and house, men shall be seen, who for | ||||
want of food will take it out of the mouths of others, who will not | ||||
be able to resist in any way. | ||||
(Of tilled Land.) | ||||
The Earth will be seen turned up side down and facing the opposite | ||||
hemispheres, uncovering the lurking holes of the fiercest animals. | ||||
(Of Sowing Seed.) | ||||
Then many of the men who will remain alive, will throw the victuals | ||||
they have preserved out of their houses, a free prey to the birds | ||||
and beasts of the earth, without taking any care of them at all. | ||||
(Of the Rains, which, by making the Rivers muddy, wash away the | ||||
Land.) | ||||
[Footnote 81: Compare No. 945.] Something will fall from the sky | ||||
which will transport a large part of Africa which lies under that | ||||
sky towards Europe, and that of Europe towards Africa, and that of | ||||
the Scythian countries will meet with tremendous revolutions | ||||
[Footnote 84: Compare No. 945.]. | ||||
(Of Wood that burns.) | ||||
The trees and shrubs in the great forests will be converted into | ||||
cinder. | ||||
(Of Kilns for Bricks and Lime.) | ||||
Finally the earth will turn red from a conflagration of many days | ||||
and the stones will be turned to cinders. | ||||
(Of boiled Fish.) | ||||
The natives of the waters will die in the boiling flood. | ||||
(Of the Olives which fall from the Olive trees, shedding oil which | ||||
makes light.) | ||||
And things will fall with great force from above, which will give us | ||||
nourishment and light. | ||||
(Of Owls and screech owls and what will happen to certain birds.) | ||||
Many will perish of dashing their heads in pieces, and the eyes of | ||||
many will jump out of their heads by reason of fearful creatures | ||||
come out of the darkness. | ||||
(Of flax which works the cure of men.) | ||||
That which was at first bound, cast out and rent by many and various | ||||
beaters will be respected and honoured, and its precepts will be | ||||
listened to with reverence and love. | ||||
(Of Books which teach Precepts.) | ||||
Bodies without souls will, by their contents give us precepts by | ||||
which to die well. | ||||
(Of Flagellants.) | ||||
Men will hide themselves under the bark of trees, and, screaming, | ||||
they will make themselves martyrs, by striking their own limbs. | ||||
(Of the Handles of Knives made of the Horns of Sheep.) | ||||
We shall see the horns of certain beasts fitted to iron tools, which | ||||
will take the lives of many of their kind. | ||||
(Of Night when no Colour can be discerned.) | ||||
There will come a time when no difference can be discerned between | ||||
colours, on the contrary, everything will be black alike. | ||||
(Of Swords and Spears which by themselves never hurt any one.) | ||||
One who by himself is mild enough and void of all offence will | ||||
become terrible and fierce by being in bad company, and will most | ||||
cruelly take the life of many men, and would kill many more if they | ||||
were not hindered by bodies having no soul, that have come out of | ||||
caverns--that is, breastplates of iron. | ||||
(Of Snares and Traps.) | ||||
Many dead things will move furiously, and will take and bind the | ||||
living, and will ensnare them for the enemies who seek their death | ||||
and destruction. | ||||
(Of Metals.) | ||||
That shall be brought forth out of dark and obscure caves, which | ||||
will put the whole human race in great anxiety, peril and death. To | ||||
many that seek them, after many sorrows they will give delight, and | ||||
to those who are not in their company, death with want and | ||||
misfortune. This will lead to the commission of endless crimes; this | ||||
will increase and persuade bad men to assassinations, robberies and | ||||
treachery, and by reason of it each will be suspicious of his | ||||
partner. This will deprive free cities of their happy condition; | ||||
this will take away the lives of many; this will make men torment | ||||
each other with many artifices deceptions and treasons. O monstrous | ||||
creature! How much better would it be for men that every thing | ||||
should return to Hell! For this the vast forests will be devastated | ||||
of their trees; for this endless animals will lose their lives. | ||||
(Of Fire.) | ||||
One shall be born from small beginnings which will rapidly become | ||||
vast. This will respect no created thing, rather will it, by its | ||||
power, transform almost every thing from its own nature into | ||||
another. | ||||
(Of Ships which sink.) | ||||
Huge bodies will be seen, devoid of life, carrying, in fierce haste, | ||||
a multitude of men to the destruction of their lives. | ||||
(Of Oxen, which are eaten.) | ||||
The masters of estates will eat their own labourers. | ||||
(Of beating Beds to renew them.) | ||||
Men will be seen so deeply ungrateful that they will turn upon that | ||||
which has harboured them, for nothing at all; they will so load it | ||||
with blows that a great part of its inside will come out of its | ||||
place, and will be turned over and over in its body. | ||||
(Of Things which are eaten and which first are killed.) | ||||
Those who nourish them will be killed by them and afflicted by | ||||
merciless deaths. | ||||
(Of the Reflection of Walls of Cities in the Water of their | ||||
Ditches.) | ||||
The high walls of great cities will be seen up side down in their | ||||
ditches. | ||||
(Of Water, which flows turbid and mixed with Soil and Dust; and of | ||||
Mist, which is mixed with the Air; and of Fire which is mixed with | ||||
its own, and each with each.) | ||||
All the elements will be seen mixed together in a great whirling | ||||
mass, now borne towards the centre of the world, now towards the | ||||
sky; and now furiously rushing from the South towards the frozen | ||||
North, and sometimes from the East towards the West, and then again | ||||
from this hemisphere to the other. | ||||
(The World may be divided into two Hemispheres at any Point.) | ||||
All men will suddenly be transferred into opposite hemispheres. | ||||
(The division of the East from the West may be made at any point.) | ||||
All living creatures will be moved from the East to the West; and in | ||||
the same way from North to South, and vice versa. | ||||
(Of the Motion of Water which carries wood, which is dead.) | ||||
Bodies devoid of life will move by themselves and carry with them | ||||
endless generations of the dead, taking the wealth from the | ||||
bystanders. | ||||
(Of Eggs which being eaten cannot form Chickens.) | ||||
Oh! how many will they be that never come to the birth! | ||||
(Of Fishes which are eaten unborn.) | ||||
Endless generations will be lost by the death of the pregnant. | ||||
(Of the Lamentation on Good Friday.) | ||||
Throughout Europe there will be a lamentation of great nations over | ||||
the death of one man who died in the East. | ||||
(Of Dreaming.) | ||||
Men will walk and not stir, they will talk to those who are not | ||||
present, and hear those who do not speak. | ||||
(Of a Man's Shadow which moves with him.) | ||||
Shapes and figures of men and animals will be seen following these | ||||
animals and men wherever they flee. And exactly as the one moves the | ||||
other moves; but what seems so wonderful is the variety of height | ||||
they assume. | ||||
(Of our Shadow cast by the Sun, and our Reflection in the Water at | ||||
one and the same time.) | ||||
Many a time will one man be seen as three and all three move | ||||
together, and often the most real one quits him. | ||||
(Of wooden Chests which contain great Treasures.) | ||||
Within walnuts and trees and other plants vast treasures will be | ||||
found, which lie hidden there and well guarded. | ||||
(Of putting out the Light when going to Bed.) | ||||
Many persons puffing out a breath with too much haste, will thereby | ||||
lose their sight, and soon after all consciousness. | ||||
(Of the Bells of Mules, which are close to their Ears.) | ||||
In many parts of Europe instruments of various sizes will be heard | ||||
making divers harmonies, with great labour to those who hear them | ||||
most closely. | ||||
(Of Asses.) | ||||
The severest labour will be repaid with hunger and thirst, and | ||||
discomfort, and blows, and goadings, and curses, and great abuse. | ||||
(Of Soldiers on horseback.) | ||||
Many men will be seen carried by large animals, swift of pace, to | ||||
the loss of their lives and immediate death. | ||||
In the air and on earth animals will be seen of divers colours | ||||
furiously carrying men to the destruction of their lives. | ||||
(Of the Stars of Spurs.) | ||||
By the aid of the stars men will be seen who will be as swift as any | ||||
swift animal. | ||||
(Of a Stick, which is dead.) | ||||
The motions of a dead thing will make many living ones flee with | ||||
pain and lamentation and cries. | ||||
(Of Tinder.) | ||||
With a stone and with iron things will be made visible which before | ||||
were not seen. | ||||
1296. | ||||
(Of going in Ships.) | ||||
We shall see the trees of the great forests of Taurus and of Sinai | ||||
and of the Appenines and others, rush by means of the air, from East | ||||
to West and from North to South; and carry, by means of the air, | ||||
great multitudes of men. Oh! how many vows! Oh! how many deaths! Oh! | ||||
how many partings of friends and relations! Oh! how many will those | ||||
be who will never again see their own country nor their native land, | ||||
and who will die unburied, with their bones strewn in various parts | ||||
of the world! | ||||
(Of moving on All Saints' Day.) | ||||
Many will forsake their own dwellings and carry with them all their | ||||
belongings and will go to live in other parts. | ||||
(Of All Souls' Day.) | ||||
How many will they be who will bewail their deceased forefathers, | ||||
carrying lights to them. | ||||
(Of Friars, who spending nothing but words, receive great gifts and | ||||
bestow Paradise.) | ||||
Invisible money will procure the triumph of many who will spend it. | ||||
(Of Bows made of the Horns of Oxen.) | ||||
Many will there be who will die a painful death by means of the | ||||
horns of cattle. | ||||
(Of writing Letters from one Country to another.) | ||||
Men will speak with each other from the most remote countries, and | ||||
reply. | ||||
(Of Hemispheres, which are infinite; and which are divided by an | ||||
infinite number of Lines, so that every Man always has one of these | ||||
Lines between his Feet.) | ||||
Men standing in opposite hemispheres will converse and deride each | ||||
other and embrace each other, and understand each other's language. | ||||
(Of Priests who say Mass.) | ||||
There will be many men who, when they go to their labour will put on | ||||
the richest clothes, and these will be made after the fashion of | ||||
aprons [petticoats]. | ||||
(Of Friars who are Confessors.) | ||||
And unhappy women will, of their own free will, reveal to men all | ||||
their sins and shameful and most secret deeds. | ||||
(Of Churches and the Habitations of Friars.) | ||||
Many will there be who will give up work and labour and poverty of | ||||
life and goods, and will go to live among wealth in splendid | ||||
buildings, declaring that this is the way to make themselves | ||||
acceptable to God. | ||||
(Of Selling Paradise.) | ||||
An infinite number of men will sell publicly and unhindered things | ||||
of the very highest price, without leave from the Master of it; | ||||
while it never was theirs nor in their power; and human justice will | ||||
not prevent it. | ||||
(Of the Dead which are carried to be buried.) | ||||
The simple folks will carry vast quantities of lights to light up | ||||
the road for those who have entirely lost the power of sight. | ||||
(Of Dowries for Maidens.) | ||||
And whereas, at first, maidens could not be protected against the | ||||
violence of Men, neither by the watchfulness of parents nor by | ||||
strong walls, the time will come when the fathers and parents of | ||||
those girls will pay a large price to a man who wants to marry them, | ||||
even if they are rich, noble and most handsome. Certainly this seems | ||||
as though nature wished to eradicate the human race as being useless | ||||
to the world, and as spoiling all created things. | ||||
(Of the Cruelty of Man.) | ||||
Animals will be seen on the earth who will always be fighting | ||||
against each other with the greatest loss and frequent deaths on | ||||
each side. And there will be no end to their malignity; by their | ||||
strong limbs we shall see a great portion of the trees of the vast | ||||
forests laid low throughout the universe; and, when they are filled | ||||
with food the satisfaction of their desires will be to deal death | ||||
and grief and labour and wars and fury to every living thing; and | ||||
from their immoderate pride they will desire to rise towards heaven, | ||||
but the too great weight of their limbs will keep them down. Nothing | ||||
will remain on earth, or under the earth or in the waters which will | ||||
not be persecuted, disturbed and spoiled, and those of one country | ||||
removed into another. And their bodies will become the sepulture and | ||||
means of transit of all they have killed. | ||||
O Earth! why dost thou not open and engulf them in the fissures of | ||||
thy vast abyss and caverns, and no longer display in the sight of | ||||
heaven such a cruel and horrible monster. | ||||
1297. | ||||
PROPHECIES. | ||||
There will be many which will increase in their destruction. | ||||
(The Ball of Snow rolling over Snow.) | ||||
There will be many who, forgetting their existence and their name, | ||||
will lie as dead on the spoils of other dead creatures. | ||||
(Sleeping on the Feathers of Birds.) | ||||
The East will be seen to rush to the West and the South to the North | ||||
in confusion round and about the universe, with great noise and | ||||
trembling or fury. | ||||
(In the East wind which rushes to the West.) | ||||
The solar rays will kindle fire on the earth, by which a thing that | ||||
is under the sky will be set on fire, and, being reflected by some | ||||
obstacle, it will bend downwards. | ||||
(The Concave Mirror kindles a Fire, with which we heat the oven, and | ||||
this has its foundation beneath its roof.) | ||||
A great part of the sea will fly towards heaven and for a long time | ||||
will not return. (That is, in Clouds.) | ||||
There remains the motion which divides the mover from the thing | ||||
moved. | ||||
Those who give light for divine service will be destroyed.(The Bees | ||||
which make the Wax for Candles) | ||||
Dead things will come from underground and by their fierce movements | ||||
will send numberless human beings out of the world. (Iron, which | ||||
comes from under ground is dead but the Weapons are made of it which | ||||
kill so many Men.) | ||||
The greatest mountains, even those which are remote from the sea | ||||
shore, will drive the sea from its place. | ||||
(This is by Rivers which carry the Earth they wash away from the | ||||
Mountains and bear it to the Sea-shore; and where the Earth comes | ||||
the sea must retire.) | ||||
The water dropped from the clouds still in motion on the flanks of | ||||
mountains will lie still for a long period of time without any | ||||
motion whatever; and this will happen in many and divers lands. | ||||
(Snow, which falls in flakes and is Water.) | ||||
The great rocks of the mountains will throw out fire; so that they | ||||
will burn the timber of many vast forests, and many beasts both wild | ||||
and tame. | ||||
(The Flint in the Tinder-box which makes a Fire that consumes all | ||||
the loads of Wood of which the Forests are despoiled and with this | ||||
the flesh of Beasts is cooked.) | ||||
Oh! how many great buildings will be ruined by reason of Fire. | ||||
(The Fire of great Guns.) | ||||
Oxen will be to a great extent the cause of the destruction of | ||||
cities, and in the same way horses and buffaloes. | ||||
(By drawing Guns.) | ||||
1298. | ||||
The Lion tribe will be seen tearing open the earth with their clawed | ||||
paws and in the caves thus made, burying themselves together with | ||||
the other animals that are beneath them. | ||||
Animals will come forth from the earth in gloomy vesture, which will | ||||
attack the human species with astonishing assaults, and which by | ||||
their ferocious bites will make confusion of blood among those they | ||||
devour. | ||||
Again the air will be filled with a mischievous winged race which | ||||
will assail men and beasts and feed upon them with much noise-- | ||||
filling themselves with scarlet blood. | ||||
1299. | ||||
Blood will be seen issuing from the torn flesh of men, and trickling | ||||
down the surface. | ||||
Men will have such cruel maladies that they will tear their flesh | ||||
with their own nails. (The Itch.) | ||||
Plants will be seen left without leaves, and the rivers standing | ||||
still in their channels. | ||||
The waters of the sea will rise above the high peaks of the | ||||
mountains towards heaven and fall again on to the dwellings of men. | ||||
(That is, in Clouds.) | ||||
The largest trees of the forest will be seen carried by the fury of | ||||
the winds from East to West. (That is across the Sea.) | ||||
Men will cast away their own victuals. (That is, in Sowing.) | ||||
1300. | ||||
Human beings will be seen who will not understand each other's | ||||
speech; that is, a German with a Turk. | ||||
Fathers will be seen giving their daughters into the power of man | ||||
and giving up all their former care in guarding them. (When Girls | ||||
are married.) | ||||
Men will come out their graves turned into flying creatures; and | ||||
they will attack other men, taking their food from their very hand | ||||
or table. (As Flies.) | ||||
Many will there be who, flaying their mother, will tear the skin | ||||
from her back. (Husbandmen tilling the Earth.) | ||||
Happy will they be who lend ear to the words of the Dead. (Who read | ||||
good works and obey them.) | ||||
1031. | ||||
Feathers will raise men, as they do birds, towards heaven (that is, | ||||
by the letters which are written with quills.) | ||||
The works of men's hands will occasion their death. (Swords and | ||||
Spears.) | ||||
Men out of fear will cling to the thing they most fear. (That is | ||||
they will be miserable lest they should fall into misery.) | ||||
Things that are separate shall be united and acquire such virtue | ||||
that they will restore to man his lost memory; that is papyrus | ||||
[sheets] which are made of separate strips and have preserved the | ||||
memory of the things and acts of men. | ||||
The bones of the Dead will be seen to govern the fortunes of him who | ||||
moves them. (By Dice.) | ||||
Cattle with their horns protect the Flame from its death. (In a | ||||
Lantern [Footnote 13: See note page 357.].) | ||||
The Forests will bring forth young which will be the cause of their | ||||
death. (The handle of the hatchet.) | ||||
1302. | ||||
Men will deal bitter blows to that which is the cause of their life. | ||||
(In thrashing Grain.) | ||||
The skins of animals will rouse men from their silence with great | ||||
outcries and curses. (Balls for playing Games.) | ||||
Very often a thing that is itself broken is the occasion of much | ||||
union. (That is the Comb made of split Cane which unites the threads | ||||
of Silk.) | ||||
The wind passing through the skins of animals will make men dance. | ||||
(That is the Bag-pipe, which makes people dance.) | ||||
1303. | ||||
(Of Walnut trees, that are beaten.) | ||||
Those which have done best will be most beaten, and their offspring | ||||
taken and flayed or peeled, and their bones broken or crushed. | ||||
(Of Sculpture.) | ||||
Alas! what do I see? The Saviour cru- cified anew. | ||||
(Of the Mouth of Man, which is a Sepulchre.) | ||||
Great noise will issue from the sepulchres of those who died evil | ||||
and violent deaths. | ||||
(Of the Skins of Animals which have the sense of feeling what is in | ||||
the things written.) | ||||
The more you converse with skins covered with sentiments, the more | ||||
wisdom will you acquire. | ||||
(Of Priests who bear the Host in their body.) | ||||
Then almost all the tabernacles in which dwells the Corpus Domini, | ||||
will be plainly seen walking about of themselves on the various | ||||
roads of the world. | ||||
1304. | ||||
And those who feed on grass will turn night into day (Tallow.) | ||||
And many creatures of land and water will go up among the stars | ||||
(that is Planets.) | ||||
The dead will be seen carrying the living (in Carts and Ships in | ||||
various places.) | ||||
Food shall be taken out of the mouth of many ( the oven's mouth.) | ||||
And those which will have their food in their mouth will be deprived | ||||
of it by the hands of others (the oven.) | ||||
1305. | ||||
(Of Crucifixes which are sold.) | ||||
I see Christ sold and crucified afresh, and his Saints suffering | ||||
Martyrdom. | ||||
(Of Physicians, who live by sickness.) | ||||
Men will come into so wretched a plight that they will be glad that | ||||
others will derive profit from their sufferings or from the loss of | ||||
their real wealth, that is health. | ||||
(Of the Religion of Friars, who live by the Saints who have been | ||||
dead a great while.) | ||||
Those who are dead will, after a thou- sand years be those who will | ||||
give a livelihood to many who are living. | ||||
(Of Stones converted into Lime, with which prison walls are made.) | ||||
Many things that have been before that time destroyed by fire will | ||||
deprive many men of liberty. | ||||
1306. | ||||
(Of Children who are suckled.) | ||||
Many Franciscans, Dominicans and Benedictines will eat that which at | ||||
other times was eaten by others, who for some months to come will | ||||
not be able to speak. | ||||
(Of Cockles and Sea Snails which are thrown up by the sea and which | ||||
rot inside their shells.) | ||||
How many will there be who, after they are dead, will putrefy inside | ||||
their own houses, filling all the surrounding air with a fetid | ||||
smell. | ||||
1307. | ||||
(Of Mules which have on them rich burdens of silver and gold.) | ||||
Much treasure and great riches will be laid upon four-footed beasts, | ||||
which will convey them to divers places. | ||||
1308. | ||||
(Of the Shadow cast by a man at night with a light.) | ||||
Huge figures will appear in human shape, and the nearer you get to | ||||
them, the more will their immense size diminish. | ||||
[Footnote page 1307: It seems to me probable that this note, which | ||||
occurs in the note book used in 1502, when Leonardo, in the service | ||||
of Cesare Borgia, visited Urbino, was suggested by the famous | ||||
pillage of the riches of the palace of Guidobaldo, whose treasures | ||||
Cesare Borgia at once had carried to Cesena (see GREGOROVIUS, | ||||
_Geschichte der Stadt Rom im Mittelalter_. XIII, 5, 4). ] | ||||
1309. | ||||
(Of Snakes, carried by Storks.) | ||||
Serpents of great length will be seen at a great height in the air, | ||||
fighting with birds. | ||||
(Of great guns, which come out of a pit and a mould.) | ||||
Creatures will come from underground which with their terrific noise | ||||
will stun all who are near; and with their breath will kill men and | ||||
destroy cities and castles. | ||||
1310. | ||||
(Of Grain and other Seeds.) | ||||
Men will fling out of their houses those victuals which were | ||||
intended to sustain their life. | ||||
(Of Trees, which nourish grafted shoots.) | ||||
Fathers and mothers will be seen to take much more delight in their | ||||
step-children then in their own children. | ||||
(Of the Censer.) | ||||
Some will go about in white garments with arrogant gestures | ||||
threatening others with metal and fire which will do no harm at all | ||||
to them. | ||||
1311. | ||||
(Of drying Fodder.) | ||||
Innumerable lives will be destroyed and innumerable vacant spaces | ||||
will be made on the earth. | ||||
(Of the Life of Men, who every year change their bodily substance.) | ||||
Men, when dead, will pass through their own bowels. | ||||
1312. | ||||
(Shoemakers.) | ||||
Men will take pleasure in seeing their own work destroyed and | ||||
injured. | ||||
1313. | ||||
(Of Kids.) | ||||
The time of Herod will come again, for the little innocent children | ||||
will be taken from their nurses, and will die of terrible wounds | ||||
inflicted by cruel men. | ||||
V. | ||||
DRAUGHTS AND SCHEMES FOR THE HUMOROUS WRITINGS. | ||||
Schemes for fables, etc. (1314-1323). | ||||
1314. | ||||
A FABLE. | ||||
The crab standing under the rock to catch the fish which crept under | ||||
it, it came to pass that the rock fell with a ruinous downfall of | ||||
stones, and by their fall the crab was crushed. | ||||
THE SAME. | ||||
The spider, being among the grapes, caught the flies which were | ||||
feeding on those grapes. Then came the vintage, and the spider was | ||||
cut down with the grapes. | ||||
The vine that has grown old on an old tree falls with the ruin of | ||||
that tree, and through that bad companionship must perish with it. | ||||
The torrent carried so much earth and stones into its bed, that it | ||||
was then constrained to change its course. | ||||
The net that was wont to take the fish was seized and carried away | ||||
by the rush of fish. | ||||
The ball of snow when, as it rolls, it descends from the snowy | ||||
mountains, increases in size as it falls. | ||||
The willow, which by its long shoots hopes as it grows, to outstrip | ||||
every other plant, from having associated itself with the vine which | ||||
is pruned every year was always crippled. | ||||
1315. | ||||
Fable of the tongue bitten by the teeth. | ||||
The cedar puffed up with pride of its beauty, separated itself from | ||||
the trees around it and in so doing it turned away towards the wind, | ||||
which not being broken in its fury, flung it uprooted on the earth. | ||||
The traveller's joy, not content in its hedge, began to fling its | ||||
branches out over the high road, and cling to the opposite hedge, | ||||
and for this it was broken away by the passers by. | ||||
1316. | ||||
The goldfinch gives victuals to its caged young. Death rather than | ||||
loss of liberty. [Footnote: Above this text is another note, also | ||||
referring to liberty; see No. 694.] | ||||
1317. | ||||
(Of Bags.) | ||||
Goats will convey the wine to the city. | ||||
1318. | ||||
All those things which in winter are hidden under the snow, will be | ||||
uncovered and laid bare in summer. (for Falsehood, which cannot | ||||
remain hidden). | ||||
1319. | ||||
A FABLE. | ||||
The lily set itself down by the shores of the Ticino, and the | ||||
current carried away bank and the lily with it. | ||||
1320. | ||||
A JEST. | ||||
Why Hungarian ducats have a double cross on them. | ||||
1321. | ||||
A SIMILE. | ||||
A vase of unbaked clay, when broken, may be remoulded, but not a | ||||
baked one. | ||||
1322. | ||||
Seeing the paper all stained with the deep blackness of ink, it he | ||||
deeply regrets it; and this proves to the paper that the words, | ||||
composed upon it were the cause of its being preserved. | ||||
1323. | ||||
The pen must necessarily have the penknife for a companion, and it | ||||
is a useful companionship, for one is not good for much without the | ||||
other. | ||||
Schemes for prophecies (1324-1329). | ||||
1324. | ||||
The knife, which is an artificial weapon, deprives man of his nails, | ||||
his natural weapons. | ||||
The mirror conducts itself haughtily holding mirrored in itself the | ||||
Queen. When she departs the mirror remains there ... | ||||
1325. | ||||
Flax is dedicated to death, and to the corruption of mortals. To | ||||
death, by being used for snares and nets for birds, animals and | ||||
fish; to corruption, by the flaxen sheets in which the dead are | ||||
wrapped when they are buried, and who become corrupt in these | ||||
winding sheets.-- And again, this flax does not separate its fibre | ||||
till it has begun to steep and putrefy, and this is the flower with | ||||
which garlands and decorations for funerals should be made. | ||||
1326. | ||||
(Of Peasants who work in shirts) | ||||
Shadows will come from the East which will blacken with great colour | ||||
darkness the sky that covers Italy. | ||||
(Of the Barbers.) | ||||
All men will take refuge in Africa. | ||||
1327. | ||||
The cloth which is held in the hand in the current of a running | ||||
stream, in the waters of which the cloth leaves all its foulness and | ||||
dirt, is meant to signify this &c. | ||||
By the thorn with inoculated good fruit is signified those natures | ||||
which of themselves were not disposed towards virtue, but by the aid | ||||
of their preceptors they have the repudation of it. | ||||
1328. | ||||
A COMMON THING. | ||||
A wretched person will be flattered, and these flatterers are always | ||||
the deceivers, robbers and murderers of the wretched person. | ||||
The image of the sun where it falls appears as a thing which covers | ||||
the person who attempts to cover it. | ||||
(Money and Gold.) | ||||
Out of cavernous pits a thing shall come forth which will make all | ||||
the nations of the world toil and sweat with the greatest torments, | ||||
anxiety and labour, that they may gain its aid. | ||||
(Of the Dread of Poverty.) | ||||
The malicious and terrible [monster] will cause so much terror of | ||||
itself in men that they will rush together, with a rapid motion, | ||||
like madmen, thinking they are escaping her boundless force. | ||||
(Of Advice.) | ||||
The man who may be most necessary to him who needs him, will be | ||||
repaid with ingratitude, that is greatly contemned. | ||||
1329. | ||||
(Of Bees.) | ||||
They live together in communities, they are destroyed that we may | ||||
take the honey from them. Many and very great nations will be | ||||
destroyed in their own dwellings. | ||||
1330. | ||||
WHY DOGS TAKE PLEASURE IN SMELLING AT EACH OTHER. | ||||
This animal has a horror of the poor, because they eat poor food, | ||||
and it loves the rich, because they have good living and especially | ||||
meat. And the excrement of animals always retains some virtue of its | ||||
origin as is shown by the faeces ... | ||||
Now dogs have so keen a smell, that they can discern by their nose | ||||
the virtue remaining in these faeces, and if they find them in the | ||||
streets, smell them and if they smell in them the virtue of meat or | ||||
of other things, they take them, and if not, they leave them: And to | ||||
return to the question, I say that if by means of this smell they | ||||
know that dog to be well fed, they respect him, because they judge | ||||
that he has a powerful and rich master; and if they discover no such | ||||
smell with the virtue of meet, they judge that dog to be of small | ||||
account and to have a poor and humble master, and therefore they | ||||
bite that dog as they would his master. | ||||
1331. | ||||
The circular plans of carrying earth are very useful, inasmuch as | ||||
men never stop in their work; and it is done in many ways. By one of | ||||
these ways men carry the earth on their shoulders, by another in | ||||
chests and others on wheelbarrows. The man who carries it on his | ||||
shoulders first fills the tub on the ground, and he loses time in | ||||
hoisting it on to his shoulders. He with the chests loses no time. | ||||
[Footnote: The subject of this text has apparently no connection | ||||
with the other texts of this section.] | ||||
Irony (1332). | ||||
1332. | ||||
If Petrarch was so fond of bay, it was because it is of a good taste | ||||
in sausages and with tunny; I cannot put any value on their foolery. | ||||
[Footnote: Conte Porro has published these lines in the _Archivio | ||||
Stor. Lombarda_ VIII, IV; he reads the concluding line thus: _I no | ||||
posso di loro gia (sic) co' far tesauro._--This is known to be by a | ||||
contemporary poet, as Senatore Morelli informs me.] | ||||
Tricks (1333-1335). | ||||
1333. | ||||
We are two brothers, each of us has a brother. Here the way of | ||||
saying it makes it appear that the two brothers have become four. | ||||
1334. | ||||
TRICKS OF DIVIDING. | ||||
Take in each hand an equal number; put 4 from the right hand into | ||||
the left; cast away the remainder; cast away an equal number from | ||||
the left hand; add 5, and now you will find 13 in this [left] hand; | ||||
that is-I made you put 4 from the right hand into the left, and cast | ||||
away the remainder; now your right hand has 4 more; then I make you | ||||
throw away as many from the right as you threw away from the left; | ||||
so, throwing from each hand a quantity of which the remainder may be | ||||
equal, you now have 4 and 4, which make 8, and that the trick may | ||||
not be detec- ted I made you put 5 more, which made 13. | ||||
TRICKS OF DIVIDING. | ||||
Take any number less than 12 that you please; then take of mine | ||||
enough to make up the number 12, and that which remains to me is the | ||||
number which you at first had; because when I said, take any number | ||||
less than 12 as you please, I took 12 into my hand, and of that 12 | ||||
you took such a number as made up your number of 12; and what you | ||||
added to your number, you took from mine; that is, if you had 8 to | ||||
go as far as to 12, you took of my 12, 4; hence this 4 transferred | ||||
from me to you reduced my 12 to a remainder of 8, and your 8 became | ||||
12; so that my 8 is equal to your 8, before it was made 12. | ||||
[Footnote 1334: G. Govi _says in the_ 'Saggio' p. 22: _Si dilett | ||||
Leonarda, di giuochi di prestigi e molti (?) ne descrisse, che si | ||||
leggono poi riportati dal Paciolo nel suo libro:_ de Viribus | ||||
Quantitatis, _e che, se non tutti, sono certo in gran parte | ||||
invenzioni del Vinci._] | ||||
1335. | ||||
If you want to teach someone a subject you do not know yourself, let | ||||
him measure the length of an object unknown to you, and he will | ||||
learn the measure you did not know before;--Master Giovanni da Lodi. | ||||
_XXI._ | ||||
_Letters. Personal Records. Dated Notes._ | ||||
_When we consider how superficial and imperfect are the accounts of | ||||
Leonardo's life written some time after his death by Vasari and | ||||
others, any notes or letters which can throw more light on his | ||||
personal circumstances cannot fail to be in the highest degree | ||||
interesting. The texts here given as Nos._ 1351--1353, _set his | ||||
residence in Rome in quite a new aspect; nay, the picture which | ||||
irresistibly dwells in our minds after reading these details of his | ||||
life in the Vatican, forms a striking contrast to the contemporary | ||||
life of Raphael at Rome._ | ||||
_I have placed foremost of these documents the very remarkable | ||||
letters to the Defterdar of Syria. In these Leonardo speaks of | ||||
himself as having staid among the mountains of Armenia, and as the | ||||
biographies of the master tell nothing of any such distant journeys, | ||||
it would seem most obvious to treat this passage as fiction, and so | ||||
spare ourselves the onus of proof and discussion. But on close | ||||
examination no one can doubt that these documents, with the | ||||
accompanying sketches, are the work of Leonardo's own hand. Not | ||||
merely is the character of the handwriting his, but the spelling and | ||||
the language are his also. In one respect only does the writing | ||||
betray any marked deviation from the rest of the notes, especially | ||||
those treating on scientific questions; namely, in these | ||||
observations he seems to have taken particular pains to give the | ||||
most distinct and best form of expression to all he had to say; we | ||||
find erasures and emendations in almost every line. He proceeded, as | ||||
we shall see, in the same way in the sketches for letters to | ||||
Giuliano de' Medici, and what can be more natural, I may ask, than | ||||
to find the draft of a letter thus altered and improved when it is | ||||
to contain an account of a definite subject, and when personal | ||||
interests are in the scale? The finished copies as sent off are not | ||||
known to exist; if we had these instead of the rough drafts, we | ||||
might unhesitatingly have declared that some unknown Italian | ||||
engineer must have been, at that time, engaged in Armenia in the | ||||
service of the Egyptian Sultan, and that Leonardo had copied his | ||||
documents. Under this hypothesis however we should have to state | ||||
that this unknown writer must have been so far one in mind with | ||||
Leonardo as to use the same style of language and even the same | ||||
lines of thought. This explanation might--as I say--have been | ||||
possible, if only we had the finished letters. But why should these | ||||
rough drafts of letters be regarded as anything else than what they | ||||
actually and obviously are? If Leonardo had been a man of our own | ||||
time, we might perhaps have attempted to account for the facts by | ||||
saying that Leonardo, without having been in the East himself, might | ||||
have undertaken to write a Romance of which the scene was laid in | ||||
Armenia, and at the desire of his publisher had made sketches of | ||||
landscape to illustrate the text. | ||||
I feel bound to mention this singular hypothesis as it has actually | ||||
been put forward (see No. 1336 note 5); and it would certainly seem | ||||
as though there were no other possible way of evading the conclusion | ||||
to which these letters point, and their bearing on the life of the | ||||
master,--absurd as the alternative is. But, if, on a question of | ||||
such importance, we are justified in suggesting theories that have | ||||
no foundation in probability, I could suggest another which, as | ||||
compared with that of a Fiction by Leonardo, would be neither more | ||||
nor less plausible; it is, moreover the only other hypothesis, | ||||
perhaps, which can be devised to account for these passages, if it | ||||
were possible to prove that the interpretation that the documents | ||||
themselves suggest, must be rejected a priori; viz may not Leonardo | ||||
have written them with the intention of mystifying those who, after | ||||
his death, should try to decipher these manuscripts with a view to | ||||
publishing them? But if, in fact, no objection that will stand the | ||||
test of criticism can be brought against the simple and direct | ||||
interpretation of the words as they stand, we are bound to regard | ||||
Leonardo's travels in the East as an established fact. There is, I | ||||
believe nothing in what we know of his biography to negative such a | ||||
fact, especially as the details of his life for some few years are | ||||
wholly unknown; nor need we be at a loss for evidence which may | ||||
serve to explain--at any rate to some extent--the strangeness of his | ||||
undertaking such a journey. We have no information as to Leonardo's | ||||
history between 1482 and 1486; it cannot be proved that he was | ||||
either in Milan or in Florence. On the other hand the tenor of this | ||||
letter does not require us to assume a longer absence than a year or | ||||
two. For, even if his appointment_ (offitio) _as Engineer in Syria | ||||
had been a permanent one, it might have become untenable--by the | ||||
death perhaps of the Defterdar, his patron, or by his removal from | ||||
office--, and Leonardo on his return home may have kept silence on | ||||
the subject of an episode which probably had ended in failure and | ||||
disappointment. | ||||
From the text of No. 1379 we can hardly doubt that Leonardo intended | ||||
to make an excursion secretly from Rome to Naples, although so far | ||||
as has hitherto been known, his biographers never allude to it. In | ||||
another place (No. 1077) he says that he had worked as an Engineer | ||||
in Friuli. Are we to doubt this statement too, merely because no | ||||
biographer has hitherto given us any information on the matter? In | ||||
the geographical notes Leonardo frequently speaks of the East, and | ||||
though such passages afford no direct proof of his having been | ||||
there, they show beyond a doubt that, next to the Nile, the | ||||
Euphrates, the Tigris and the Taurus mountains had a special | ||||
interest in his eyes. As a still further proof of the futility of | ||||
the argument that there is nothing in his drawings to show that he | ||||
had travelled in the East, we find on Pl. CXX a study of oriental | ||||
heads of Armenian type,--though of course this may have been made in | ||||
Italy. | ||||
If the style of these letters were less sober, and the expressions | ||||
less strictly to the point throughout, it miglit be possible to | ||||
regard them as a romantic fiction instead of a narrative of fact. | ||||
Nay, we have only to compare them with such obviously fanciful | ||||
passages as No. 1354, Nos. 670-673, and the Fables and Prophecies. | ||||
It is unnecessary to discuss the subject any further here; such | ||||
explanations as the letter needs are given in the foot notes. | ||||
The drafts of letters to Lodovico il Moro are very remarkable. | ||||
Leonardo and this prince were certainly far less closely connected, | ||||
than has hitherto been supposed. It is impossible that Leonardo can | ||||
have remained so long in the service of this prince, because the | ||||
salary was good, as is commonly stated. On the contrary, it would | ||||
seem, that what kept him there, in spite of his sore need of the | ||||
money owed him by the prince, was the hope of some day being able to | ||||
carry out the project of casting the_ 'gran cavallo'. | ||||
Drafts of Letters and Reports referring to Armenia (1336. 1337). | ||||
1336. | ||||
To THE DEVATDAR OF SYRIA, LIEUTENANT OF THE SACRED SULTAN OF | ||||
BABYLON. | ||||
[3] The recent disaster in our Northern parts which I am certain | ||||
will terrify not you alone but the whole world, which | ||||
[Footnote: Lines 1-52 are reproduced in facsimile on Pl. CXVI. | ||||
1. _Diodario._ This word is not to be found in any Italian | ||||
dictionary, and for a long time I vainly sought an explanation of | ||||
it. The youthful reminiscences of my wife afforded the desired clue. | ||||
The chief town of each Turkish Villayet, or province --such as | ||||
Broussa, for instance, in Asia Minor, is the residence of a | ||||
Defterdar, who presides over the financial affairs of the province. | ||||
_Defterdar hane_ was, in former times, the name given to the | ||||
Ministry of Finance at Constantinople; the Minister of Finance to | ||||
the Porte is now known as the _Mallie-Nazri_ and the _Defterdars_ | ||||
are his subordinates. A _Defterdar_, at the present day is merely | ||||
the head of the finance department in each Provincial district. With | ||||
regard to my suggestion that Leonardo's _Diodario_ might be | ||||
identical with the Defterdar of former times, the late M. C. | ||||
DEFREMERIE, Arabic Professor, and Membre de l'Institut de France | ||||
wrote to me as follows: _Votre conjecture est parfaitement fondee; | ||||
diodario est Vequivalent de devadar ou plus exactement devatdar, | ||||
titre d'une importante dignite en Egypt'e, sous les Mamlouks._ | ||||
The word however is not of Turkish, but of Perso-Arabie derivation. | ||||
[Defter written in arab?] literally _Defter_ (Arabic) meaning | ||||
_folio_; for _dar_ (Persian) Bookkeeper or holder is the English | ||||
equivalent; and the idea is that of a deputy in command. During the | ||||
Mamelook supremacy over Syria, which corresponded in date with | ||||
Leonardo's time, the office of Defterdar was the third in importance | ||||
in the State. | ||||
_Soltano di Babilonia_. The name of Babylon was commonly applied to | ||||
Cairo in the middle ages. For instance BREIDENBACH, _Itinerarium | ||||
Hierosolyma_ p. 218 says: "At last we reached Babylon. But this is | ||||
not that Babylon which stood on the further shore of the river | ||||
Chober, but that which is called the Egyptian Babylon. It is close | ||||
by Cairo and the twain are but one and not two towns; one half is | ||||
called Cairo and the other Babylon, whence they are called together | ||||
Cairo-Babylon; originally the town is said to have been named | ||||
Memphis and then Babylon, but now it is called Cairo." Compare No. | ||||
1085, 6. | ||||
Egypt was governed from 1382 till 1517 by the Borgite or | ||||
Tcherkessian dynasty of the Mamelook Sultans. One of the most famous | ||||
of these, Sultan Kait Bey, ruled from 1468-1496 during whose reign | ||||
the Gama (or Mosque) of Kait Bey and tomb of Kait Bey near the | ||||
Okella Kait Bey were erected in Cairo, which preserve his name to | ||||
this day. Under the rule of this great and wise prince many | ||||
foreigners, particularly Italians, found occupation in Egypt, as may | ||||
be seen in the 'Viaggio di Josaphat Barbaro', among other | ||||
travellers. "Next to Leonardo (so I learn from Prof. Jac. Burckhardt | ||||
of Bale) Kait Bey's most helpful engineer was a German who in about | ||||
1487, superintended the construction of the Mole at Alexandria. | ||||
Felix Fabri knew him and mentions him in his _Historia Suevorum_, | ||||
written in 1488." | ||||
3. _Il nuovo accidente accaduto_, or as Leonardo first wrote and | ||||
then erased, _e accaduto un nuovo accidente_. From the sequel this | ||||
must refer to an earthquake, and indeed these were frequent at that | ||||
period, particularly in Asia Minor, where they caused immense | ||||
mischief. See No. 1101 note.] | ||||
shall be related to you in due order, showing first the effect and | ||||
then the cause. [Footnote 4: The text here breaks off. The following | ||||
lines are a fresh beginning of a letter, evidently addressed to the | ||||
same person, but, as it would seem, written at a later date than the | ||||
previous text. The numerous corrections and amendments amply prove | ||||
that it is not a copy from any account of a journey by some unknown | ||||
person; but, on the contrary, that Leonardo was particularly anxious | ||||
to choose such words and phrases as might best express his own | ||||
ideas.] | ||||
Finding myself in this part of Armenia [Footnote 5: _Parti | ||||
d'Erminia_. See No. 945, note. The extent of Armenia in Leonardo's | ||||
time is only approximately known. In the XVth century the Persians | ||||
governed the Eastern, and the Arabs the Southern portions. Arabic | ||||
authors--as, for instance Abulfeda--include Cilicia and a part of | ||||
Cappadocia in Armenia, and Greater Armenia was the tract of that | ||||
country known later as Turcomania, while Armenia Minor was the | ||||
territory between Cappadocia and the Euphrates. It was not till | ||||
1522, or even 1574 that the whole country came under the dominion of | ||||
the Ottoman Turks, in the reign of Selim I. | ||||
The Mamelook Sultans of Egypt seem to have taken a particular | ||||
interest in this, the most Northern province of their empire, which | ||||
was even then in danger of being conquered by the Turks. In the | ||||
autumn of 1477 Sultan Kait Bey made a journey of inspection, | ||||
visiting Antioch and the valleys of the Tigris and Euphrates with a | ||||
numerous and brilliant escort. This tour is briefly alluded to by | ||||
_Moodshireddin_ p. 561; and by WEIL, _Geschichte der Abbasiden_ V, | ||||
p. 358. An anonymous member of the suite wrote a diary of the | ||||
expedition in Arabic, which has been published by R. V. LONZONE | ||||
(_'Viaggio in Palestina e Soria di Kaid Ba XVIII sultano della II | ||||
dinastia mamelucca, fatto nel 1477. Testo arabo. Torino 1878'_, | ||||
without notes or commentary). Compare the critique on this edition, | ||||
by J. GILDEMEISTER in _Zeitschrift des Deutschen Palaestina Vereins_ | ||||
(Vol. Ill p. 246--249). Lanzone's edition seems to be no more than | ||||
an abridged copy of the original. I owe to Professor Sche'fer, | ||||
Membre de l'Institut, the information that he is in possession of a | ||||
manuscript in which the text is fuller, and more correctly given. | ||||
The Mamelook dynasty was, as is well known, of Circassian origin, | ||||
and a large proportion of the Egyptian Army was recruited in | ||||
Circassia even so late as in the XVth century. That was a period of | ||||
political storms in Syria and Asia Minor and it is easy to suppose | ||||
that the Sultan's minister, to whom Leonardo addresses his report as | ||||
his superior, had a special interest in the welfare of those | ||||
frontier provinces. Only to mention a few historical events of | ||||
Sultan Kait Bey's reign, we find that in 1488 he assisted the | ||||
Circassians to resist the encroachments of Alaeddoulet, an Asiatic | ||||
prince who had allied himself with the Osmanli to threaten the | ||||
province; the consequence was a war in Cilicia by sea and land, | ||||
which broke out in the following year between the contending powers. | ||||
Only a few years earlier the same province had been the scene of the | ||||
so-called Caramenian war in which the united Venetian, Neapolitan | ||||
and Sclavonic fleets had been engaged. (See CORIALANO CIPPICO, | ||||
_Della guerra dei Veneziani nell' Asia dal_ 1469--1474. Venezia | ||||
1796, p. 54) and we learn incidentally that a certain Leonardo | ||||
Boldo, Governor of Scutari under Sultan Mahmoud,--as his name would | ||||
indicate, one of the numerous renegades of Italian birth--played an | ||||
important part in the negotiations for peace. | ||||
_Tu mi mandasti_. The address _tu_ to a personage so high in office | ||||
is singular and suggests personal intimacy; Leonardo seems to have | ||||
been a favourite with the Diodario. Compare lines 54 and 55. | ||||
I have endeavoured to show, and I believe that I am also in a | ||||
position to prove with regard to these texts, that they are draughts | ||||
of letters actually written by Leonardo; at the same time I must not | ||||
omit to mention that shortly after I had discovered | ||||
these texts in the Codex Atlanticus and published a paper on the | ||||
subject in the _Zeitschrift fur bildende Kunst (Vol. XVI)_, Prof. | ||||
Govi put forward this hypothesis to account for their origin: | ||||
_"Quanto alle notizie sul monte Tauro, sull'Armenia e sull' Asia | ||||
minore che si contengono negli altri frammenti, esse vennero prese | ||||
da qualche geografro o viaggiatore contemporaneo. Dall'indice | ||||
imperfetto che accompagna quei frammenti, si potrebbe dedurre che | ||||
Leonardo volesse farne un libro, che poi non venne compiuto. A ogni | ||||
modo, non e possibile di trovare in questi brani nessun indizio di | ||||
un viaggio di Leonardo in oriente, ne della sua conversione alla | ||||
religione di Maometto, come qualcuno pretenderebbe. Leonardo amava | ||||
con passione gli studi geografici, e nel suoi scritti s'incontran | ||||
spesso itinerart, indicazioni, o descrizioni di luoghi, schizzi di | ||||
carte e abbozzi topografici di varie regioni, non e quindi strano | ||||
che egli, abile narratore com'era, si fosse proposto di scrivere una | ||||
specie di Romanzo in forma epistolare svolgendone Pintreccio | ||||
nell'Asia Minore, intorno alla quale i libri d'allora, e forse | ||||
qualche viaggiatore amico suo, gli avevano somministrato alcuni | ||||
elementi piu o meno_ fantastici. (See Transunti della Reale | ||||
Accademia dei Lincei Voi. V Ser. 3). | ||||
It is hardly necessary to point out that Prof. Govi omits to name | ||||
the sources from which Leonardo could be supposed to have drawn his | ||||
information, and I may leave it to the reader to pronounce judgment | ||||
on the anomaly which is involved in the hypothesis that we have here | ||||
a fragment of a Romance, cast in the form of a correspondence. At | ||||
the same time, I cannot but admit that the solution of the | ||||
difficulties proposed by Prof. Govi is, under the circumstances, | ||||
certainly the easiest way of dealing with the question. But we | ||||
should then be equally justified in supposing some more of | ||||
Leonardo's letters to be fragments of such romances; particularly | ||||
those of which the addresses can no longer be named. Still, as | ||||
regards these drafts of letters to the Diodario, if we accept the | ||||
Romance theory, as pro- posed by Prof. Govi, we are also compelled | ||||
to assume that Leonardo purposed from the first to illustrate his | ||||
tale; for it needs only a glance at the sketches on PI. CXVI to CXIX | ||||
to perceive that they are connected with the texts; and of course | ||||
the rest of Leonardo's numerous notes on matters pertaining to the | ||||
East, the greater part of which are here published for the first | ||||
time, may also be somehow connected with this strange romance. | ||||
7. _Citta de Calindra (Chalindra)_. The position of this city is so | ||||
exactly determined, between the valley of the Euphrates and the | ||||
Taurus range that it ought to be possible to identify it. But it can | ||||
hardly be the same as the sea port of Cilicia with a somewhat | ||||
similar name Celenderis, Kelandria, Celendria, Kilindria, now the | ||||
Turkish Gulnar. In two Catalonian Portulans in the Bibliotheque | ||||
Natio- nale in Paris-one dating from the XV'h century, by Wilhelm | ||||
von Soler, the other by Olivez de Majorca, in l584-I find this place | ||||
called Calandra. But Leonardo's Calindra must certainly have lain | ||||
more to the North West, probably somewhere in Kurdistan. The fact | ||||
that the geographical position is so care- fully determined by | ||||
Leonardo seems to prove that it was a place of no great importance | ||||
and little known. It is singular that the words first written in 1. | ||||
8 were divisa dal lago (Lake Van?), altered afterwards to | ||||
dall'Eitfrates. | ||||
Nostri confini, and in 1. 6 proposito nostro. These refer to the | ||||
frontier and to the affairs of the Mamelook Sultan, Lines 65 and 66 | ||||
throw some light on the purpose of Leonardo's mission. | ||||
8. _I_ corni del gra mote Tauro. Compare the sketches PI. | ||||
CXVI-CXVIII. So long as it is im- possible to identify the situation | ||||
of Calindra it is most difficult to decide with any certainty which | ||||
peak of the Taurus is here meant; and I greatly regret that I had no | ||||
foreknowledge of this puzzling topographical question when, in 1876, | ||||
I was pursuing archaeological enquiries in the Provinces of Aleppo | ||||
and Cilicia, and had to travel for some time in view of the imposing | ||||
snow-peaks of Bulghar Dagh and Ala Tepessi. | ||||
9-10. The opinion here expressed as to the height of the mountain | ||||
would be unmeaning, unless it had been written before Leonardo moved | ||||
to Milan, where Monte Rosa is so conspicuous an object in the | ||||
landscape. 4 _ore inanzi_ seems to mean, four hours before the sun's | ||||
rays penetrate to the bottom of the valleys.] | ||||
to carry into effect with due love and care the task for which you | ||||
sent me [Footnote: ][6]; and to make a beginning in a place which | ||||
seemed to me to be most to our purpose, I entered into the city of | ||||
Calindrafy[7], near to our frontiers. This city is situated at the | ||||
base of that part of the Taurus mountains which is divided from the | ||||
Euphrates and looks towards the peaks of the great Mount Taurus [8] | ||||
to the West [9]. These peaks are of such a height that they seem to | ||||
touch the sky, and in all the world there is no part of the earth, | ||||
higher than its summit[10], and the rays of the sun always fall upon | ||||
it on its East side, four hours before day-time, and being of the | ||||
whitest stone [Footnote 11:_Pietra bianchissima_. The Taurus | ||||
Mountains consist in great part of limestone.] it shines | ||||
resplendently and fulfils the function to these Armenians which a | ||||
bright moon-light would in the midst of the darkness; and by its | ||||
great height it outreaches the utmost level of the clouds by a space | ||||
of four miles in a straight line. This peak is seen in many places | ||||
towards the West, illuminated by the sun after its setting the third | ||||
part of the night. This it is, which with you [Footnote 14: | ||||
_Appresso di voi_. Leonardo had at first written _noi_ as though his | ||||
meaning had,been: This peak appeared to us to be a comet when you | ||||
and I observed it in North Syria (at Aleppo? at Aintas?). The | ||||
description of the curious reflection in the evening, resembling the | ||||
"Alpine-glow" is certainly not an invented fiction, for in the next | ||||
lines an explanation of the phenomenon is offered, or at least | ||||
attempted.] we formerly in calm weather had supposed to be a comet, | ||||
and appears to us in the darkness of night, to change its form, | ||||
being sometimes divided in two or three parts, and sometimes long | ||||
and sometimes short. And this is caused by the clouds on the horizon | ||||
of the sky which interpose between part of this mountain and the | ||||
sun, and by cutting off some of the solar rays the light on the | ||||
mountain is intercepted by various intervals of clouds, and | ||||
therefore varies in the form of its brightness. | ||||
THE DIVISIONS OF THE BOOK [Footnote 19: The next 33 lines are | ||||
evidently the contents of a connected Report or Book, but not of one | ||||
which he had at hand; more probably, indeed, of one he purposed | ||||
writing.]. | ||||
The praise and confession of the faith [Footnote 20: _Persuasione di | ||||
fede_, of the Christian or the Mohammedan faith? We must suppose the | ||||
latter, at the beginning of a document addressed to so high a | ||||
Mohammedan official. _Predica_ probably stands as an abbreviation | ||||
for _predicazione_ (lat. _praedicatio_) in the sense of praise or | ||||
glorification; very probably it may mean some such initial doxology | ||||
as we find in Mohammedan works. (Comp. 1. 40.)]. | ||||
The sudden inundation, to its end. | ||||
[23] The destruction of the city. | ||||
[24]The death of the people and their despair. | ||||
The preacher's search, his release and benevolence [Footnote 28: The | ||||
phraseology of this is too general for any conjecture as to its | ||||
meaning to be worth hazarding.] | ||||
Description of the cause of this fall of the mountain [Footnote 30: | ||||
_Ruina del monte_. Of course by an earthquake. In a catalogue of | ||||
earthquakes, entitled _kechf aussalssaleb an auasf ezzel-zeleh_, and | ||||
written by Djelal eddin]. | ||||
The mischief it did. | ||||
[32] Fall of snow. | ||||
The finding of the prophet [33]. | ||||
His prophesy. | ||||
[35] The inundation of the lower portion of Eastern Armenia, the | ||||
draining of which was effected by the cutting through the Taurus | ||||
Mountains. | ||||
How the new prophet showed [Footnote 40:_Nova profeta, 1. 33, | ||||
profeta_. Mohammed. Leonardo here refers to the Koran: | ||||
In the name of the most merciful God.--When the earth shall be | ||||
shaken by an earthquake; and the earth shall cast forth her burdens; | ||||
and a man shall say, what aileth her? On that day the earth shall | ||||
declare her tidings, for that thy Lord will inspire her. On that day | ||||
men shall go forward in distinct classes, that they may behold their | ||||
works. And whoever shall have wrought good of the weight of an ant, | ||||
shall behold the same. And whoever shall have wrought evil of the | ||||
weight of an ant, shall behold the same. (The Koran, translated by | ||||
G. Sale, Chapter XCIX, p. 452).] that this destruction would happen | ||||
as he had foretold. | ||||
Description of the Taurus Mountains [43] and the river Euphrates. | ||||
Why the mountain shines at the top, from half to a third of the | ||||
night, and looks like a comet to the inhabitants of the West after | ||||
the sunset, and before day to those of the East. | ||||
Why this comet appears of variable forms, so that it is now round | ||||
and now long, and now again divided into two or three parts, and now | ||||
in one piece, and when it is to be seen again. | ||||
OF THE SHAPE OF THE TAURUS MOUNTAINS [Footnote 53-94: The facsimile | ||||
of this passage is given on Pl. CXVII.]. | ||||
I am not to be accused, Oh Devatdar, of idleness, as your chidings | ||||
seem to hint; but your excessive love for me, which gave rise to the | ||||
benefits you have conferred on me [Footnote 55] is that which has | ||||
also compelled me to the utmost painstaking in seeking out and | ||||
diligently investigating the cause of so great and stupendous an | ||||
effect. And this could not be done without time; now, in order to | ||||
satisfy you fully as to the cause of so great an effect, it is | ||||
requisite that I should explain to you the form of the place, and | ||||
then I will proceed to the effect, by which I believe you will be | ||||
amply satisfied. | ||||
[Footnote 36: _Tagliata di Monte Tauro_. The Euphrates flows through | ||||
the Taurus range near the influx of the Kura Shai; it rushes through | ||||
a rift in the wildest cliffs from 2000 to 3000 feet high and runs on | ||||
for 90 miles in 300 falls or rapids till it reaches Telek, near | ||||
which at a spot called Gleikash, or the Hart's leap, it measures | ||||
only 35 paces across. Compare the map on Pl. CXIX and the | ||||
explanation for it on p. 391.] | ||||
[Footnote 54: The foregoing sketch of a letter, lines 5. 18, appears | ||||
to have remained a fragment when Leonardo received pressing orders | ||||
which caused him to write immediately and fully on the subject | ||||
mentioned in line 43.] | ||||
[Footnote 59: This passage was evidently intended as an improvement | ||||
on that immediately preceding it. The purport of both is essentially | ||||
the same, but the first is pitched in a key of ill-disguised | ||||
annoyance which is absent from the second. I do not see how these | ||||
two versions can be reconciled with the romance-theory held by Prof. | ||||
Govi.] Do not be aggrieved, O Devatdar, by my delay in responding to | ||||
your pressing request, for those things which you require of me are | ||||
of such a nature that they cannot be well expressed without some | ||||
lapse of time; particularly because, in order to explain the cause | ||||
of so great an effect, it is necessary to describe with accuracy the | ||||
nature of the place; and by this means I can afterwards easily | ||||
satisfy your above-mentioned request. [Footnote 62: This passage was | ||||
evidently intended as an improvement on that immediately preceding | ||||
it. The purport of both is essentially the same, but the first is | ||||
pitched in a key of ill-disguised annoyance which is absent from the | ||||
second. I do not see how these two versions can be reconciled with | ||||
the romance-theory held by Prof. Govi.] | ||||
I will pass over any description of the form of Asia Minor, or as to | ||||
what seas or lands form the limits of its outline and extent, | ||||
because I know that by your own diligence and carefulness in your | ||||
studies you have not remained in ignorance of these matters [65]; | ||||
and I will go on to describe the true form of the Taurus Mountain | ||||
which is the cause of this stupendous and harmful marvel, and which | ||||
will serve to advance us in our purpose [66]. This Taurus is that | ||||
mountain which, with many others is said to be the ridge of Mount | ||||
Caucasus; but wishing to be very clear about it, I desired to speak | ||||
to some of the inhabitants of the shores of the Caspian sea, who | ||||
give evidence that this must be the true Caucasus, and that though | ||||
their mountains bear the same name, yet these are higher; and to | ||||
confirm this in the Scythian tongue Caucasus means a very high | ||||
[Footnote 68: Caucasus; Herodot Kaoxaais; Armen. Kaukaz.] peak, and | ||||
in fact we have no information of there being, in the East or in the | ||||
West, any mountain so high. And the proof of this is that the | ||||
inhabitants of the countries to the West see the rays of the sun | ||||
illuminating a great part of its summit for as much as a quarter of | ||||
the longest night. And in the same way, in those countries which lie | ||||
to the East. | ||||
OF THE STRUCTURE AND SIZE OF MOUNT TAURUS. | ||||
[Footnote 73: The statements are of course founded on those of the | ||||
'inhabitants' spoken of in 1. 67.] The shadow of this ridge of the | ||||
Taurus is of such a height that when, in the middle of June, the Sun | ||||
is at its meridian, its shadow extends as far as the borders of | ||||
Sarmatia, twelve days off; and in the middle of December it extends | ||||
as far as the Hyperborean mountains, which are at a month's journey | ||||
to the North [75]. And the side which faces the wind is always free | ||||
from clouds and mists, because the wind which is parted in beating | ||||
on the rock, closes again on the further side of that rock, and in | ||||
its motion carries with it the clouds from all quarters and leaves | ||||
them where it strikes. And it is always full of thunderbolts from | ||||
the great quantity of clouds which accumulate there, whence the rock | ||||
is all riven and full of huge debris [Footnote 77: Sudden storms are | ||||
equally common on the heights of Ararat. It is hardly necessary to | ||||
observe that Ararat cannot be meant here. Its summit is formed like | ||||
the crater of Vesuvius. The peaks sketched on Pl. CXVI-CXVIII are | ||||
probably views of the same mountain, taken from different sides. | ||||
Near the solitary peak, Pl. CXVIII these three names are written | ||||
_goba, arnigasar, caruda_, names most likely of different peaks. Pl. | ||||
CXVI and CXVII are in the original on a single sheet folded down the | ||||
middle, 30 centimetres high and 43 1/2 wide. On the reverse of one | ||||
half of the sheet are notes on _peso_ and _bilancia_ (weight and | ||||
balance), on the other are the 'prophecies' printed under Nos. 1293 | ||||
and 1294. It is evident from the arrangement that these were written | ||||
subsequently, on the space which had been left blank. These pages | ||||
are facsimiled on Pl. CXVIII. In Pl. CXVI-CXVIII the size is smaller | ||||
than in the original; the map of Armenia, Pl. CXVIII, is on Pl. CXIX | ||||
slightly enlarged. On this map we find the following names, | ||||
beginning from the right hand at the top: _pariardes mo_ (for | ||||
Paryadres Mons, Arm. Parchar, now Barchal or Kolai Dagh; Trebizond | ||||
is on its slope). | ||||
_Aquilone_ --North, _Antitaurus Antitaurus psis mo_ (probably meant | ||||
for Thospitis = Lake Van, Arm. Dgov Vanai, Tospoi, and the Mountain | ||||
range to the South); _Gordis mo_ (Mountains of Gordyaea), the birth | ||||
place of the Tigris; _Oriente_ --East; _Tigris_, and then, to the | ||||
left, _Eufrates_. Then, above to the left _Argeo mo_ (now Erdshigas, | ||||
an extinct volcano, 12000 feet high); _Celeno mo_ (no doubt Sultan | ||||
Dagh in Pisidia). Celeno is the Greek town of KeAouvat-- see Arian | ||||
I, 29, I--now the ruins of Dineir); _oriente_ --East; _africo | ||||
libezco_ (for libeccio--South West). In the middle of the Euphrates | ||||
river on this small map we see a shaded portion surrounded by | ||||
mountains, perhaps to indicate the inundation mentioned in l. 35. | ||||
The affluent to the Euphrates shown as coming with many windings | ||||
from the high land of 'Argeo' on the West, is the Tochma Su, which | ||||
joins the main river at Malatie. I have not been able to discover | ||||
any map of Armenia of the XVth or XVIth century in which the course | ||||
of the Euphrates is laid down with any thing like the correctness | ||||
displayed in this sketch. The best I have seen is the Catalonian | ||||
Portulan of Olivez de Majorca, executed in 1584, and it is far | ||||
behind Leonardo's.]. This mountain, at its base, is inhabited by a | ||||
very rich population and is full of most beautiful springs and | ||||
rivers, and is fertile and abounding in all good produce, | ||||
particularly in those parts which face to the South. But after | ||||
mounting about three miles we begin to find forests of great fir | ||||
trees, and beech and other similar trees; after this, for a space of | ||||
three more miles, there are meadows and vast pastures; and all the | ||||
rest, as far as the beginning of the Taurus, is eternal snows which | ||||
never disappear at any time, and extend to a height of about | ||||
fourteen miles in all. From this beginning of the Taurus up to the | ||||
height of a mile the clouds never pass away; thus we have fifteen | ||||
miles, that is, a height of about five miles in a straight line; and | ||||
the summit of the peaks of the Taurus are as much, or about that. | ||||
There, half way up, we begin to find a scorching air and never feel | ||||
a breath of wind; but nothing can live long there; there nothing is | ||||
brought forth save a few birds of prey which breed in the high | ||||
fissures of Taurus and descend below the clouds to seek their prey. | ||||
Above the wooded hills all is bare rock, that is, from the clouds | ||||
upwards; and the rock is the purest white. And it is impossible to | ||||
walk to the high summit on account of the rough and perilous ascent. | ||||
1337. | ||||
[Footnote: 1337. On comparing this commencement of a letter l. 1-2 | ||||
with that in l. 3 and 4 of No. 1336 it is quite evident that both | ||||
refer to the same event. (Compare also No. 1337 l. 10-l2 and 17 with | ||||
No. 1336 l. 23, 24 and 32.) But the text No. 1336, including the | ||||
fragment l. 3-4, was obviously written later than the draft here | ||||
reproduced. The _Diodario_ is not directly addressed--the person | ||||
addressed indeed is not known--and it seems to me highly probable | ||||
that it was written to some other patron and friend whose name and | ||||
position are not mentioned.] | ||||
Having often made you, by my letters, acquainted with the things | ||||
which have happened, I think I ought not to be silent as to the | ||||
events of the last few days, which--[2]... | ||||
Having several times-- | ||||
Having many times rejoiced with you by letters over your prosperous | ||||
fortunes, I know now that, as a friend you will be sad with me over | ||||
the miserable state in which I find myself; and this is, that during | ||||
the last few days I have been in so much trouble, fear, peril and | ||||
loss, besides the miseries of the people here, that we have been | ||||
envious of the dead; and certainly I do not believe that since the | ||||
elements by their separation reduced the vast chaos to order, they | ||||
have ever combined their force and fury to do so much mischief to | ||||
man. As far as regards us here, what we have seen and gone through | ||||
is such that I could not imagine that things could ever rise to such | ||||
an amount of mischief, as we experienced in the space of ten hours. | ||||
In the first place we were assailed and attacked by the violence and | ||||
fury of the winds [10]; to this was added the falling of great | ||||
mountains of snow which filled up all this valley, thus destroying a | ||||
great part of our city [Footnote 11: _Della nostra citta_ (Leonardo | ||||
first wrote _di questa citta_). From this we may infer that he had | ||||
at some time lived in the place in question wherever it might be.]. | ||||
And not content with this the tempest sent a sudden flood of water | ||||
to submerge all the low part of this city [12]; added to which there | ||||
came a sudden rain, or rather a ruinous torrent and flood of water, | ||||
sand, mud, and stones, entangled with roots, and stems and fragments | ||||
of various trees; and every kind of thing flying through the air | ||||
fell upon us; finally a great fire broke out, not brought by the | ||||
wind, but carried as it would seem, by ten thousand devils, which | ||||
completely burnt up all this neighbourhood and it has not yet | ||||
ceased. And those few who remain unhurt are in such dejection and | ||||
such terror that they hardly have courage to speak to each other, as | ||||
if they were stunned. Having abandoned all our business, we stay | ||||
here together in the ruins of some churches, men and women mingled | ||||
together, small and great [Footnote 17: _Certe ruine di chiese_. | ||||
Either of Armenian churches or of Mosques, which it was not unusual | ||||
to speak of as churches. | ||||
_Maschi e femmini insieme unite_, implies an infringement of the | ||||
usually strict rule of the separation of the sexes.], just like | ||||
herds of goats. The neighbours out of pity succoured us with | ||||
victuals, and they had previously been our enemies. And if | ||||
[Footnote 18: _I vicini, nostri nimici_. The town must then have | ||||
stood quite close to the frontier of the country. Compare 1336. L. | ||||
7. _vicini ai nostri confini_. Dr. M. JORDAN has already published | ||||
lines 4-13 (see _Das Malerbuch, Leipzig_, 1873, p. 90:--his reading | ||||
differs from mine) under the title of "Description of a landscape | ||||
near Lake Como". We do in fact find, among other loose sheets in the | ||||
Codex Atlanticus, certain texts referring to valleys of the Alps | ||||
(see Nos. 1030, 1031 and note p. 237) and in the arrangement of the | ||||
loose sheets, of which the Codex Atlanticus has been formed, these | ||||
happen to be placed close to this text. The compiler stuck both on | ||||
the same folio sheet; and if this is not the reason for Dr. JORDAN'S | ||||
choosing such a title (Description &c.) I cannot imagine what it can | ||||
have been. It is, at any rate, a merely hypothetical statement. The | ||||
designation of the population of the country round a city as "the | ||||
enemy" (_nemici_) is hardly appropriate to Italy in the time of | ||||
Leonardo.] | ||||
it had not been for certain people who succoured us with victuals, | ||||
all would have died of hunger. Now you see the state we are in. And | ||||
all these evils are as nothing compared with those which are | ||||
promised to us shortly. | ||||
I know that as a friend you will grieve for my misfortunes, as I, in | ||||
former letters have shown my joy at your prosperity ... | ||||
Notes about events observed abroad (1338-1339). | ||||
1338. | ||||
BOOK 43. OF THE MOVEMENT OF AIR ENCLOSED IN WATER. | ||||
I have seen motions of the air so furious that they have carried, | ||||
mixed up in their course, the largest trees of the forest and whole | ||||
roofs of great palaces, and I have seen the same fury bore a hole | ||||
with a whirling movement digging out a gravel pit, and carrying | ||||
gravel, sand and water more than half a mile through the air. | ||||
[Footnote: The first sixteen lines of this passage which treat of | ||||
the subject as indicated on the title line have no place in this | ||||
connexion and have been omitted.] | ||||
[Footnote 2: _Ho veduto movimenti_ &c. Nothing of the kind happened | ||||
in Italy during Leonardo's lifetime, and it is therefore extremely | ||||
probable that this refers to the natural phenomena which are so | ||||
fully described in the foregoing passage. (Compare too, No. 1021.) | ||||
There can be no doubt that the descriptions of the Deluge in the | ||||
Libro di Pittura (Vol. I, No. 607-611), and that of the fall of a | ||||
mountain No. 610, l. 17-30 were written from the vivid impressions | ||||
derived from personal experience. Compare also Pl. XXXIV-XL.] | ||||
1339. | ||||
[Footnote: It may be inferred from the character of the writing, | ||||
which is in the style of the note in facsimile Vol. I, p. 297, that | ||||
this passage was written between 1470 and 1480. As the figure 6 at | ||||
the end of the text indicates, it was continued on another page, but | ||||
I have searched in vain for it. The reverse of this leaf is coloured | ||||
red for drawing in silver point, but has not been used for that | ||||
purpose but for writing on, and at about the same date. The passages | ||||
are given as Nos. 1217, 1218, 1219, 1162 and No. 994 (see note page | ||||
218). The text given above is obviously not a fragment of a letter, | ||||
but a record of some personal experience. No. 1379 also seems to | ||||
refer to Leonardo's journeys in Southern Italy.] | ||||
Like a whirling wind which rushes down a sandy and hollow valley, | ||||
and which, in its hasty course, drives to its centre every thing | ||||
that opposes its furious course ... | ||||
No otherwise does the Northern blast whirl round in its tempestuous | ||||
progress ... | ||||
Nor does the tempestuous sea bellow so loud, when the Northern blast | ||||
dashes it, with its foaming waves between Scylla and Charybdis; nor | ||||
Stromboli, nor Mount Etna, when their sulphurous flames, having been | ||||
forcibly confined, rend, and burst open the mountain, fulminating | ||||
stones and earth through the air together with the flames they | ||||
vomit. | ||||
Nor when the inflamed caverns of Mount Etna [Footnote 13: Mongibello | ||||
is a name commonly given in Sicily to Mount Etna (from Djebel, | ||||
Arab.=mountain). Fr. FERRARA, _Descrizione dell' Etna con la storia | ||||
delle eruzioni_ (Palermo, 1818, p. 88) tells us, on the authority of | ||||
the _Cronaca del Monastero Benedettino di Licordia_ of an eruption | ||||
of the Volcano with a great flow of lava on Sept. 21, 1447. The next | ||||
records of the mountain are from the years 1533 and 1536. A. Percy | ||||
neither does mention any eruptions of Etna during the years to which | ||||
this note must probably refer _Memoire des tremblements de terre de | ||||
la peninsule italique, Vol. XXII des Memoires couronnees et Memoires | ||||
des savants etrangers. Academie Royal de Belgique_). | ||||
A literal interpretation of the passage would not, however, indicate | ||||
an allusion to any great eruption; particularly in the connection | ||||
with Stromboli, where the periodical outbreaks in very short | ||||
intervals are very striking to any observer, especially at night | ||||
time, when passing the island on the way from Naples to Messina.], | ||||
rejecting the ill-restained element vomit it forth, back to its own | ||||
region, driving furiously before it every obstacle that comes in the | ||||
way of its impetuous rage ... | ||||
Unable to resist my eager desire and wanting to see the great ... of | ||||
the various and strange shapes made by formative nature, and having | ||||
wandered some distance among gloomy rocks, I came to the entrance of | ||||
a great cavern, in front of which I stood some time, astonished and | ||||
unaware of such a thing. Bending my back into an arch I rested my | ||||
left hand on my knee and held my right hand over my down-cast and | ||||
contracted eye brows: often bending first one way and then the | ||||
other, to see whether I could discover anything inside, and this | ||||
being forbidden by the deep darkness within, and after having | ||||
remained there some time, two contrary emotions arose in me, fear | ||||
and desire--fear of the threatening dark cavern, desire to see | ||||
whether there were any marvellous thing within it ... | ||||
Drafts of Letters to Lodovico il Moro (1340-1345). | ||||
1340. | ||||
[Footnote: The numerous corrections, the alterations in the figures | ||||
(l. 18) and the absence of any signature prove that this is merely | ||||
the rough draft of a letter to Lodovico il Moro. It is one of the | ||||
very few manuscripts which are written from left to right--see the | ||||
facsimile of the beginning as here reproduced. This is probably the | ||||
final sketch of a document the clean of which copy was written in | ||||
the usual manner. Leonardo no doubt very rarely wrote so, and this | ||||
is probably the reason of the conspicuous dissimilarity in the | ||||
handwriting, when he did. (Compare Pl. XXXVIII.) It is noteworthy | ||||
too that here the orthography and abbreviations are also | ||||
exceptional. But such superficial peculiarities are not enough to | ||||
stamp the document as altogether spurious. It is neither a forgery | ||||
nor the production of any artist but Leonardo himself. As to this | ||||
point the contents leave us no doubt as to its authenticity, | ||||
particularly l. 32 (see No. 719, where this passage is repeated). | ||||
But whether the fragment, as we here see it, was written from | ||||
Leonardo's dictation--a theory favoured by the orthography, the | ||||
erasures and corrections--or whether it may be a copy made for or by | ||||
Melzi or Mazenta is comparatively unimportant. There are in the | ||||
Codex Atlanticus a few other documents not written by Leonardo | ||||
himself, but the notes in his own hand found on the reverse pages of | ||||
these leaves amply prove that they were certainly in Leonardo's | ||||
possession. This mark of ownership is wanting to the text in | ||||
question, but the compilers of the Codex Atlanticus, at any rate, | ||||
accepted it as a genuine document. | ||||
With regard to the probable date of this projected letter see Vol. | ||||
II, p. 3.] | ||||
Most illustrious Lord, Having now sufficiently considered the | ||||
specimens of all those who proclaim themselves skilled contrivers of | ||||
instruments of war, and that the invention and operation of the said | ||||
instruments are nothing different to those in common use: I shall | ||||
endeavour, without prejudice to any one else, to explain myself to | ||||
your Excellency showing your Lordship my secrets, and then offering | ||||
them to your best pleasure and approbation to work with effect at | ||||
opportune moments as well as all those things which, in part, shall | ||||
be briefly noted below. | ||||
1) I have a sort of extremely light and strong bridges, adapted to | ||||
be most easily carried, and with them you may pursue, and at any | ||||
time flee from the enemy; and others, secure and indestructible by | ||||
fire and battle, easy and convenient to lift and place. Also methods | ||||
of burning and destroying those of the enemy. | ||||
2) I know how, when a place is besieged, to take the water out of | ||||
the trenches, and make endless variety of bridges, and covered ways | ||||
and ladders, and other machines pertaining to such expeditions. | ||||
3) Item. If, by reason of the height of the banks, or the strength | ||||
of the place and its position, it is impossible, when besieging a | ||||
place, to avail oneself of the plan of bombardment, I have methods | ||||
for destroying every rock or other fortress, even if it were founded | ||||
on a rock, &c. | ||||
4) Again I have kinds of mortars; most convenient and easy to carry; | ||||
and with these can fling small stones almost resembling a storm; and | ||||
with the smoke of these causing great terror to the enemy, to his | ||||
great detriment and confusion. | ||||
9) [8] And when the fight should be at sea I have kinds of many | ||||
machines most efficient for offence and defence; and vessels which | ||||
will resist the attack of the largest guns and powder and fumes. | ||||
5) Item. I have means by secret and tortuous mines and ways, made | ||||
without noise to reach a designated [spot], even if it were needed | ||||
to pass under a trench or a river. | ||||
6) Item. I will make covered chariots, safe and unattackable which, | ||||
entering among the enemy with their artillery, there is no body of | ||||
men so great but they would break them. And behind these, infantry | ||||
could follow quite unhurt and without any hindrance. | ||||
7) Item. In case of need I will make big guns, mortars and light | ||||
ordnance of fine and useful forms, out of the common type. | ||||
8) Where the operation of bombardment should fail, I would contrive | ||||
catapults, mangonels, _trabocchi_ and other machines of marvellous | ||||
efficacy and not in common use. And in short, according to the | ||||
variety of cases, I can contrive various and endless means of | ||||
offence and defence. | ||||
10) In time of peace I believe I can give perfect satisfaction and | ||||
to the equal of any other in architecture and the composition of | ||||
buildings public and private; and in guiding water from one place to | ||||
another. | ||||
Item: I can carry out sculpture in marble, bronze or clay, and also | ||||
in painting whatever may be done, and as well as any other, be he | ||||
whom he may. | ||||
[32] Again, the bronze horse may be taken in hand, which is to be to | ||||
the immortal glory and eternal honour of the prince your father of | ||||
happy memory, and of the illustrious house of Sforza. | ||||
And if any one of the above-named things seem to any one to be | ||||
impossible or not feasible, I am most ready to make the experiment | ||||
in your park, or in whatever place may please your Excellency--to | ||||
whom I commend myself with the utmost humility &c. | ||||
1341. | ||||
To my illustrious Lord, Lodovico, Duke of Bari, Leonardo da Vinci of | ||||
Florence-- Leonardo. | ||||
[Footnote: Evidently a note of the superscription of a letter to the | ||||
Duke, and written, like the foregoing from left to right. The | ||||
manuscript containing it is of the year 1493. Lodovico was not | ||||
proclaimed and styled Duke of Milan till September 1494. The Dukedom | ||||
of Bari belonged to the Sforza family till 1499.] | ||||
1342. | ||||
You would like to see a model which will prove useful to you and to | ||||
me, also it will be of use to those who will be the cause of our | ||||
usefulness. | ||||
[Footnote: 1342. 1343. These two notes occur in the same not very | ||||
voluminous MS. as the former one and it is possible that they are | ||||
fragments of the same letter. By the _Modello_, the equestrian | ||||
statue is probably meant, particularly as the model of this statue | ||||
was publicly exhibited in this very year, 1493, on tne occasion of | ||||
the marriage of the Emperor Maximilian with Bianca Maria Sforza.] | ||||
1343. | ||||
There are here, my Lord, many gentlemen who will undertake this | ||||
expense among them, if they are allowed to enjoy the use of | ||||
admission to the waters, the mills, and the passage of vessels and | ||||
when it is sold to them the price will be repaid to them by the | ||||
canal of Martesana. | ||||
1344. | ||||
I am greatly vexed to be in necessity, but I still more regret that | ||||
this should be the cause of the hindrance of my wish which is always | ||||
disposed to obey your Excellency. | ||||
Perhaps your Excellency did not give further orders to Messer | ||||
Gualtieri, believing that I had money enough. | ||||
I am greatly annoyed that you should have found me in necessity, and | ||||
that my having to earn my living should have hindered me ... | ||||
[12] It vexes me greatly that having to earn my living has forced me | ||||
to interrupt the work and to attend to small matters, instead of | ||||
following up the work which your Lordship entrusted to me. But I | ||||
hope in a short time to have earned so much that I may carry it out | ||||
quietly to the satisfaction of your Excellency, to whom I commend | ||||
myself; and if your Lordship thought that I had money, your Lordship | ||||
was deceived. I had to feed 6 men for 56 months, and have had 50 | ||||
ducats. | ||||
1345. | ||||
And if any other comission is given me | ||||
by any ... | ||||
of the reward of my service. Because I am | ||||
not [able] to be ... | ||||
things assigned because meanwhile they | ||||
have ... to them ... | ||||
... which they well may settle rather than I ... | ||||
not my art which I wish to change and ... | ||||
given some clothing if I dare a sum ... | ||||
My Lord, I knowing your Excellency's | ||||
mind to be occupied ... | ||||
to remind your Lordship of my small matters | ||||
and the arts put to silence | ||||
that my silence might be the cause of making | ||||
your Lordship scorn ... | ||||
my life in your service. I hold myself ever | ||||
in readiness to obey ... | ||||
[Footnote 11: See No. 723, where this passage is repeated.] | ||||
Of the horse I will say nothing because | ||||
I know the times [are bad] | ||||
to your Lordship how I had still to receive | ||||
two years' salary of the ... | ||||
with the two skilled workmen who are constantly | ||||
in my pay and at my cost | ||||
that at last I found myself advanced the | ||||
said sum about 15 lire ... | ||||
works of fame by which I could show to | ||||
those who shall see it that I have been | ||||
everywhere, but I do not know where I | ||||
could bestow my work [more] ... | ||||
[Footnote 17: See No. 1344 l. 12.] | ||||
I, having been working to gain my | ||||
living ... | ||||
I not having been informed what it is, I find | ||||
myself ... | ||||
[Footnote 19: In April, 1498, Leonardo was engaged in | ||||
painting the Saletta Nigra of the Castello at Milan. | ||||
(See G. MONGERI, _l'Arte in Milano_, 1872, p. 417.)] | ||||
remember the commission to paint the | ||||
rooms ... | ||||
I conveyed to your Lordship only requesting | ||||
you ... | ||||
[Footnote: The paper on which this is written is torn down the | ||||
middle; about half of each line remains.] | ||||
Draft of letter to be sent to Piacenza (1346. 1347). | ||||
[Footnote: 1346. 1347. Piacenza belonged to Milan. The Lord spoken | ||||
of in this letter, is no doubt Lodovico il Moro. One may infer from | ||||
the concluding sentence (No. 1346, l. 33. 34 and No. 1347), that | ||||
Leonardo, who no doubt compiled this letter, did not forward it to | ||||
Piacenza himself, but gave it to some influential patron, under | ||||
whose name and signature a copy of it was sent to the Commission.] | ||||
1346. | ||||
Magnificent Commissioners of Buildings I, understanding that your | ||||
Magnificencies have made up your minds to make certain great works | ||||
in bronze, will remind you of certain things: first that you should | ||||
not be so hasty or so quick to give the commission, lest by this | ||||
haste it should become impossible to select a good model and a good | ||||
master; and some man of small merit may be chosen, who by his | ||||
insufficiency may cause you to be abused by your descendants, | ||||
judging that this age was but ill supplied with men of good counsel | ||||
and with good masters; seeing that other cities, and chiefly the | ||||
city of the Florentines, has been as it were in these very days, | ||||
endowed with beautiful and grand works in bronze; among which are | ||||
the doors of their Baptistery. And this town of Florence, like | ||||
Piacenza, is a place of intercourse, through which many foreigners | ||||
pass; who, seeing that the works are fine and of good quality, carry | ||||
away a good impression, and will say that that city is well filled | ||||
with worthy inhabitants, seeing the works which bear witness to | ||||
their opinion; and on the other hand, I say seeing so much metal | ||||
expended and so badly wrought, it were less shame to the city if the | ||||
doors had been of plain wood; because, the material, costing so | ||||
little, would not seem to merit any great outlay of skill... | ||||
Now the principal parts which are sought for in cities are their | ||||
cathedrals, and of these the first things which strike the eye are | ||||
the doors, by which one passes into these churches. | ||||
Beware, gentlemen of the Commission, lest too great speed in your | ||||
determination, and so much haste to expedite the entrusting of so | ||||
great a work as that which I hear you have ordered, be the cause | ||||
that that which was intended for the honour of God and of men should | ||||
be turned to great dishonour of your judgments, and of your city, | ||||
which, being a place of mark, is the resort and gathering-place of | ||||
innumerable foreigners. And this dishonour would result if by your | ||||
lack of diligence you were to put your trust in some vaunter, who by | ||||
his tricks or by favour shown to him here should obtain such work | ||||
from you, by which lasting and very great shame would result to him | ||||
and to you. Thus I cannot help being angry when I consider what men | ||||
those are who have conferred with you as wishing to undertake this | ||||
great work without thinking of their sufficiency for it, not to say | ||||
more. This one is a potter, that one a maker of cuirasses, this one | ||||
is a bell-founder, another a bell ringer, and one is even a | ||||
bombardier; and among them one in his Lordship's service, who | ||||
boasted that he was the gossip of Messer Ambrosio Ferrere [Footnote | ||||
26: Messer Ambrogio Ferrere was Farmer of the Customs under the | ||||
Duke. Piacenza at that time belonged to Milan.], who has some power | ||||
and who has made him some promises; and if this were not enough he | ||||
would mount on horseback, and go to his Lord and obtain such letters | ||||
that you could never refuse [to give] him the work. But consider | ||||
where masters of real talent and fit for such work are brought when | ||||
they have to compete with such men as these. Open your eyes and look | ||||
carefully lest your money should be spent in buying your own | ||||
disgrace. I can declare to you that from that place you will procure | ||||
none but average works of inferior and coarse masters. There is no | ||||
capable man,--[33] and you may believe me,--except Leonardo the | ||||
Florentine, who is making the equestrian statue in bronze of the | ||||
Duke Francesco and who has no need to bring himself into notice, | ||||
because he has work for all his life time; and I doubt, whether | ||||
being so great a work, he will ever finish it [34]. | ||||
The miserable painstakers ... with what hope may they expect a | ||||
reward of their merit? | ||||
1347. | ||||
There is one whom his Lordship invited from Florence to do this work | ||||
and who is a worthy master, but with so very much business he will | ||||
never finish it; and you may imagine that a difference there is to | ||||
be seen between a beautiful object and an ugly one. Quote Pliny. | ||||
Letter to the Cardinal Ippolito d' Este. | ||||
1348. | ||||
[Footnote: This letter addressed to the Cardinal Ippolito d'Este is | ||||
here given from Marchese G. CAMPORI'S publication: _Nuovi documenti | ||||
per la Vita di Leonardo da Vinci. Atti e Memorie delle R. R. | ||||
Deputazioni di Storia patria per la provincie modenesi e parmenesi, | ||||
Vol. III._ It is the only text throughout this work which I have not | ||||
myself examined and copied from the original. The learned discoverer | ||||
of this letter--the only letter from Leonardo hitherto known as | ||||
having been sent--adds these interesting remarks: _Codesto Cardinale | ||||
nato ad Ercole I. nel 1470, arcivescovo di Strigonia a sette anni, | ||||
poi d'Agra, aveva conseguito nel 1497 la pingue ed ambita cattedra | ||||
di Milano, la dove avra conosciuto il Vinci, sebbene il poco amore | ||||
ch'ei professava alle arti lasci credere che le proteste di servitu | ||||
di Leonardo piu che a gratitudine per favori ricevuti e per opere a | ||||
lui allogate, accennino a speranza per un favore che si aspetta. | ||||
Notabile e ancora in questo prezioso documento la ripetuta signatura | ||||
del grande artista 'che si scrive Vincio e Vincius, non da Vinci | ||||
come si tiene comunemente, sebbene l'una e l'altra possano valere a | ||||
significare cosi il casato come il paese; restando a sapere se il | ||||
nome del paese di Vinci fosse assunto a cognome della famiglia di | ||||
Leonardo nel qual supposto piu propriamento avrebbe a chiamarsi | ||||
Leonardo Vinci, o Vincio (latinamente Vincius) com'egli stesso amo | ||||
segnarsi in questa lettera, e come scrissero parecchi contenporanei | ||||
di lui, il Casio, il Cesariano, Geoffrey Tory, il Gaurico, il | ||||
Bandello, Raffaelle Maffei, il Paciolo. Per ultimo non lascero | ||||
d'avvertire come la lettera del Vinci e assai ben conservata, di | ||||
nitida e larga scrittura in forma pienemente corrispondente a quella | ||||
dei suoi manoscritti, vergata all'uso comune da sinistra a destra, | ||||
anziche contrariamente come fu suo costume; ma indubbiamente | ||||
autentica e fornita della menzione e del suggello che fresca ancora | ||||
conserva l'impronta di una testa di profilo da un picciolo antico | ||||
cammeo._ (Compare No. 1368, note.)] | ||||
Most Illustrious and most Reverend Lord. | ||||
The Lord Ippolito, Cardinal of Este | ||||
at Ferrare. | ||||
Most Illustrious and most Reverend Lord. | ||||
I arrived from Milan but a few days since and finding that my elder | ||||
brother refuses to | ||||
carry into effect a will, made three years ago when my father | ||||
died--as also, and no less, because I would not fail in a matter I | ||||
esteem most important--I cannot forbear to crave of your most | ||||
Reverend Highness a letter of recommendation and favour to Ser | ||||
Raphaello Hieronymo, at present one of the illustrious members of | ||||
the Signoria before whom my cause is being argued; and more | ||||
particularly it has been laid by his Excellency the Gonfaloniere | ||||
into the hands of the said Ser Raphaello, that his Worship may have | ||||
to decide and end it before the festival of All Saints. And | ||||
therefore, my Lord, I entreat you, as urgently as I know how and am | ||||
able, that your Highness will write a letter to the said Ser | ||||
Raphaello in that admirable and pressing manner which your Highness | ||||
can use, recommending to him Leonardo Vincio, your most humble | ||||
servant as I am, and shall always be; requesting him and pressing | ||||
him not only to do me justice but to do so with despatch; and I have | ||||
not the least doubt, from many things that I hear, that Ser | ||||
Raphaello, being most affectionately devoted to your Highness, the | ||||
matter will issue _ad votum_. And this I shall attribute to your | ||||
most Reverend Highness' letter, to whom I once more humbly commend | ||||
myself. _Et bene valeat_. | ||||
Florence XVIIIa 7bris 1507. | ||||
E. V. R. D. | ||||
your humble servant | ||||
Leonardus Vincius, pictor. | ||||
Draft of Letter to the Governor of Milan. | ||||
1349. | ||||
I am afraid lest the small return I have made for the great | ||||
benefits, I have received from your Excellency, have not made you | ||||
somewhat angry with me, and that this is why to so many letters | ||||
which I have written to your Lordship I have never had an answer. I | ||||
now send Salai to explain to your Lordship that I am almost at an | ||||
end of the litigation I had with my brother; that I hope to find | ||||
myself with you this Easter, and to carry with me two pictures of | ||||
two Madonnas of different sizes. These were done for our most | ||||
Christian King, or for whomsoever your Lordship may please. I should | ||||
be very glad to know on my return thence where I may have to reside, | ||||
for I would not give any more trouble to your Lordship. Also, as I | ||||
have worked for the most Christian King, whether my salary is to | ||||
continue or not. I wrote to the President as to that water which the | ||||
king granted me, and which I was not put in possession of because at | ||||
that time there was a dearth in the canal by reason of the great | ||||
droughts and because [Footnote:Compare Nos. 1009 and 1010. Leonardo | ||||
has noted the payment of the pension from the king in 1505.] its | ||||
outlets were not regulated; but he certainly promised me that when | ||||
this was done I should be put in possession. Thus I pray your | ||||
Lordship that you will take so much trouble, now that these outlets | ||||
are regulated, as to remind the President of my matter; that is, to | ||||
give me possession of this water, because on my return I hope to | ||||
make there instruments and other things which will greatly please | ||||
our most Christian King. Nothing else occurs to me. I am always | ||||
yours to command. [Footnote:1349. Charles d'Amboise, Marechal de | ||||
Chaumont, was Governor of Milan under Louis XII. Leonardo was in | ||||
personal communication with him so early as in 1503. He was absent | ||||
from Milan in the autumn of 1506 and from October l5l0--when he | ||||
besieged Pope Julius II. in Bologna--till his death, which took | ||||
place at Correggio, February 11, 1511. Francesco Vinci, Leonardo's | ||||
uncle, died--as Amoretti tells us--in the winter of l5l0-11 (or | ||||
according to Uzielli in 1506?), and Leonardo remained in Florence | ||||
for business connected with his estate. The letter written with | ||||
reference to this affair, No. 1348, is undoubtedly earlier than the | ||||
letters Nos. 1349 and 1350. Amoretti tells us, _Memorie Storiche_, | ||||
ch. II, that the following note existed on the same leaf in MS. C. | ||||
A. I have not however succeeded in finding it. The passage runs | ||||
thus: _Jo sono quasi al fine del mio letizio che io o con mie | ||||
fratetgli ... Ancora ricordo a V. Excia la facenda che o cum Ser | ||||
Juliana mio Fratello capo delli altri fratelli ricordandoli come se | ||||
offerse di conciar le cose nostre fra noi fratelli del comune della | ||||
eredita de mio Zio, e quelli costringa alla expeditione, quale | ||||
conteneva la lettera che lui me mando._] | ||||
Drafts of Letters to the Superintendent of Canals and to Fr. Melzi. | ||||
1350. | ||||
Magnificent President, I am sending thither Salai, my pupil, who is | ||||
the bearer of this, and from him you will hear by word of mouth the | ||||
cause of my... | ||||
Magnificent President, I... | ||||
Magnificent President:--Having ofttimes remembered the proposals | ||||
made many times to me by your Excellency, I take the liberty of | ||||
writing to remind your Lordship of the promise made to me at my last | ||||
departure, that is the possession of the twelve inches of water | ||||
granted to me by the most Christian King. Your Lordship knows that I | ||||
did not enter into possession, because at that time when it was | ||||
given to me there was a dearth of water in the canal, as well by | ||||
reason of the great drought as also because the outlets were not | ||||
regulated; but your Excellency promised me that as soon as this was | ||||
done, I should have my rights. Afterwards hearing that the canal was | ||||
complete I wrote several times to your Lordship and to Messer | ||||
Girolamo da Cusano,who has in his keeping the deed of this gift; and | ||||
so also I wrote to Corigero and never had a reply. I now send | ||||
thither Salai, my pupil, the bearer of this, to whom your Lordship | ||||
may tell by word of mouth all that happened in the matter about | ||||
which I petition your Excellency. I expect to go thither this Easter | ||||
since I am nearly at the end of my lawsuit, and I will take with me | ||||
two pictures of our Lady which I have begun, and at the present time | ||||
have brought them on to a very good end; nothing else occurs to me. | ||||
My Lord the love which your Excellency has always shown me and the | ||||
benefits that I have constantly received from you I have hitherto... | ||||
I am fearful lest the small return I have made for the great | ||||
benefits I have received from your Excellency may not have made you | ||||
somewhat annoyed with me. And this is why, to many letters which I | ||||
have written to your Excellency I have never had an answer. I now | ||||
send to you Salai to explain to your Excellency that I am almost at | ||||
the end of my litigation with my brothers, and that I hope to be | ||||
with you this Easter and carry with me two pictures on which are two | ||||
Madonnas of different sizes which I began for the most Christian | ||||
King, or for whomsoever you please. I should be very glad to know | ||||
where, on my return from this place, I shall have to reside, because | ||||
I do not wish to give more trouble to your Lordship; and then, | ||||
having worked for the most Christian King, whether my salary is to | ||||
be continued or not. I write to the President as to the water that | ||||
the king granted me of which I had not been put in possession by | ||||
reason of the dearth in the canal, caused by the great drought and | ||||
because its outlets were not regulated; but he promised me certainly | ||||
that as soon as the regulation was made, I should be put in | ||||
possession of it; I therefore pray you that, if you should meet the | ||||
said President, you would be good enough, now that the outlets are | ||||
regulated, to remind the said President to cause me to be put in | ||||
possession of that water, since I understand it is in great measure | ||||
in his power. Nothing else occurs to me; always yours to command. | ||||
Good day to you Messer Francesco. Why, in God's name, of all the | ||||
letters I have written to you, have you never answered one. Now wait | ||||
till I come, by God, and I shall make you write so much that perhaps | ||||
you will become sick of it. | ||||
Dear Messer Francesco. I am sending thither Salai to learn from His | ||||
Magnificence the President to what end the regulation of the water | ||||
has come since, at my departure this regulation of the outlets of | ||||
the canal had been ordered, because His Magnificence the President | ||||
promised me that as soon as this was done I should be satisfied. It | ||||
is now some time since I heard that the canal was in order, as also | ||||
its outlets, and I immediately wrote to the President and to you, | ||||
and then I repeated it, and never had an answer. So you will have | ||||
the goodness to answer me as to that which happened, and as I am not | ||||
to hurry the matter, would you take the trouble, for the love of me, | ||||
to urge the President a little, and also Messer Girolamo Cusano, to | ||||
whom you will commend me and offer my duty to his Magnificence. | ||||
[Footnote: 1350. 28-36. Draft of a letter to Francesco Melzi, born | ||||
l493--a youth therefore of about 17 in 1510. Leonardo addresses his | ||||
young friend as "Messer", as being the son of a noble house. Melzi | ||||
practised art under Leonardo as a dilettante and not as a pupil, | ||||
like Cesare da Sesto and others (See LERMOLIEFF, _Die Galerien_ &c., | ||||
p. 476).] | ||||
Drafts of a letter to Giuliano de' Medici (1351-1352). | ||||
135l. | ||||
[Most illustrious Lord. I greatly rejoice most Illustrious Lord at | ||||
your...] | ||||
I was so greatly rejoiced, most illustrious Lord, by the desired | ||||
restoration of your health, that it almost had the effect that [my | ||||
own health recovered]--[I have got through my illness]--my own | ||||
illness left me-- --of your Excellency's almost restored health. But | ||||
I am extremely vexed that I have not been able completely to satisfy | ||||
the wishes of your Excellency, by reason of the wickedness of that | ||||
deceiver, for whom I left nothing undone which could be done for him | ||||
by me and by which I might be of use to him; and in the first place | ||||
his allowances were paid to him before the time, which I believe he | ||||
would willingly deny, if I had not the writing signed by myself and | ||||
the interpreter. And I, seeing that he did not work for me unless he | ||||
had no work to do for others, which he was very careful in | ||||
solliciting, invited him to dine with me, and to work afterwards | ||||
near me, because, besides the saving of expense, he | ||||
[Footnote 1351. 1353: It is clear from the contents of this notes | ||||
that they refer to Leonardo's residence in Rome in 1513-1515. Nor | ||||
can there be any doubt that they were addressed to Leonardo's patron | ||||
at the time: Giuliano de' Medici, third son of Lorenzo the | ||||
Magnificent and brother of Pope Leo X (born 1478). In 1512 he became | ||||
the head of the Florentine Republic. The Pope invited him to Rome, | ||||
where he settled; in 1513 he was named patrician with much splendid | ||||
ceremonial. The medal struck in honour of the event bears the words | ||||
MAG. IVLIAN. MEDICES. Leonardo too uses the style "Magnifico", in | ||||
his letter. Compare also No. 1377. | ||||
GlNO CAPPONI (_Storia della Repubblica di Firenze_, Vol. III, p. | ||||
139) thus describes the character of Giuliano de' Medici, who died | ||||
in 1516: _Era il migliore della famiglia, di vita placida, grande | ||||
spenditore, tenendo intorno a se uomini ingegnosi, ed ogni nuova | ||||
cosa voleva provare._ | ||||
See too GREGOROVIUS, _Geschichte der Stadi Rom_, VIII (book XIV. | ||||
III, 2): _Die Luftschlosser furstlicher Grosse, wozu ihn der Papst | ||||
hatte erheben wollen zerfielen. Julian war der edelste aller | ||||
damaligen Medici, ein Mensch von innerlicher Richtung, unbefriedigt | ||||
durch das Leben, mitten im Sonnenglanz der Herrlichkeit Leo's X. | ||||
eine dunkle Gestalt die wie ein Schatten voruberzog._ Giuliano lived | ||||
in the Vatican, and it may be safely inferred from No. 1352 l. 2, | ||||
and No. 1353 l. 4, that Leonardo did the same. | ||||
From the following unpublished notice in the Vatican archives, which | ||||
M. Eug. Muntz, librarian of the Ecole des Beaux arts, Paris, has | ||||
done me the favour to communicate to me, we get a more accurate view | ||||
of Leonardo's relation to the often named GIORGIO TEDESCO: | ||||
_Nota delle provisione_ (sic) _a da pagare per me in nome del nostro | ||||
ill. S. Bernardo Bini e chompa di Roma, e prima della illma sua | ||||
chonsorte ogni mese d. 800. | ||||
A Ldo da Vinci per sua provisione d. XXXIII, e piu d. VII al detto | ||||
per la provisione di Giorgio tedescho, che sono in tutto d. 40. | ||||
From this we learn, that seven ducats formed the German's monthly | ||||
wages, but according to No. 1353 l. 7 he pretended that eight ducats | ||||
had been agreed upon.] | ||||
would acquire the Italian language. He always promised, but would | ||||
never do so. And this I did also, because that Giovanni, the German | ||||
who makes the mirrors, was there always in the workshop, and wanted | ||||
to see and to know all that was being done there and made it known | ||||
outside ... strongly criticising it; and because he dined with those | ||||
of the Pope's guard, and then they went out with guns killing birds | ||||
among the ruins; and this went on from after dinner till the | ||||
evening; and when I sent Lorenzo to urge him to work he said that he | ||||
would not have so many masters over him, and that his work was for | ||||
your Excellency's Wardrobe; and thus two months passed and so it | ||||
went on; and one day finding Gian Niccolo of the Wardrobe and asking | ||||
whether the German had finished the work for your Magnificence, he | ||||
told me this was not true, but only that he had given him two guns | ||||
to clean. Afterwards, when I had urged him farther, be left the | ||||
workshop and began to work in his room, and lost much time in making | ||||
another pair of pincers and files and other tools with screws; and | ||||
there he worked at mills for twisting silk which he hid when any one | ||||
of my people went in, and with a thousand oaths and mutterings, so | ||||
that none of them would go there any more. | ||||
I was so greatly rejoiced, most Illustrious Lord, by the desired | ||||
restoration of your health, that my own illness almost left me. But | ||||
I am greatly vexed at not having been able to completely satisfy | ||||
your Excellency's wishes by reason of the wickedness of that German | ||||
deceiver, for whom I left nothing undone by which I could have hope | ||||
to please him; and secondly I invited him to lodge and board with | ||||
me, by which means I should constantly see the work he was doing and | ||||
with greater ease correct his errors while, besides this, he would | ||||
learn the Italian tongue, by means of which be could with more ease | ||||
talk without an interpreter; his moneys were always given him in | ||||
advance of the time when due. Afterwards he wanted to have the | ||||
models finished in wood, just as they were to be in iron, and wished | ||||
to carry them away to his own country. But this I refused him, | ||||
telling him that I would give him, in drawing, the breadth, length, | ||||
height and form of what he had to do; and so we remained in | ||||
ill-will. | ||||
The next thing was that he made himself another workshop and pincers | ||||
and tools in his room where he slept, and there he worked for | ||||
others; afterwards he went to dine with the Swiss of the guard, | ||||
where there are idle fellows, in which he beat them all; and most | ||||
times they went two or three together with guns, to shoot birds | ||||
among the ruins, and this went on till evening. | ||||
At last I found how this master Giovanni the mirror-maker was he who | ||||
had done it all, for two reasons; the first because he had said that | ||||
my coming here had deprived him of the countenance and favour of | ||||
your Lordship which always... The other is that he said that his | ||||
iron-workers' rooms suited him for working at his mirrors, and of | ||||
this he gave proof; for besides making him my enemy, he made him | ||||
sell all he had and leave his workshop to him, where he works with a | ||||
number of workmen making numerous mirrors to send to the fairs. | ||||
1352. | ||||
I was so greatly rejoiced, most Illustrious Lord, by the wished for | ||||
recovery of your health, that my own ills have almost left me; and I | ||||
say God be praised for it. But it vexes me greatly that I have not | ||||
been able completely to satisfy your Excellency's wishes by reason | ||||
of the wickedness of that German deceiver, for whom I left nothing | ||||
undone by which I could hope to please him; and secondly I invited | ||||
him to lodge and board with me, by which means I should see | ||||
constantly the work he was doing, for which purpose I would have a | ||||
table fixed at the foot of one of these windows, where he could work | ||||
with the file and finish the things made below; and so I should | ||||
constantly see the work he might do, and it could be corrected with | ||||
greater ease. | ||||
Draft of letter written at Rome. | ||||
1353. | ||||
This other hindered me in anatomy, blaming it before the Pope; and | ||||
likewise at the hospital; and he has filled [4] this whole Belvedere | ||||
with workshops for mirrors; and he did the same thing in Maestro | ||||
Giorgio's room. He said that he had been promised [7] eight ducats | ||||
every month, beginning with the first day, when he set out, or at | ||||
latest when he spoke with you; and that you agreed. | ||||
Seeing that he seldom stayed in the workshop, and that he ate a | ||||
great deal, I sent him word that, if he liked I could deal with him | ||||
separately for each thing that he might make, and would give him | ||||
what we might agree to be a fair valuation. He took counsel with his | ||||
neighbour and gave up his room, selling every thing, and went to | ||||
find... | ||||
Miscellaneous Records (1354. 1355). | ||||
1354. | ||||
[Footnote: A puzzling passage, meant, as it would seem, for a jest. | ||||
Compare the description of Giants in Dante, _Inf_. XXI and XXII. | ||||
Perhaps Leonardo had the Giant Antaeus in his mind. Of him the myth | ||||
relates that he was a son of Ge, that he fed on lions; that he | ||||
hunted in Libya and killed the inhabitants. He enjoyed the | ||||
peculiarity of renewing his strength whenever he fell and came in | ||||
contact with his mother earth; but that Hercules lifted him up and | ||||
so conquered and strangled him. Lucan gives a full account of the | ||||
struggle. Pharsalia IV, 617. The reading of this passage, which is | ||||
very indistinctly written, is in many places doubtful.] | ||||
Dear Benedetto de' Pertarti. When the proud giant fell because of | ||||
the bloody and miry state of the ground it was as though a mountain | ||||
had fallen so that the country shook as with an earthquake, and | ||||
terror fell on Pluto in hell. From the violence of the shock he lay | ||||
as stunned on the level ground. Suddenly the people, seeing him as | ||||
one killed by a thunderbolt, turned back; like ants running wildly | ||||
over the body of the fallen oak, so these rushing over his ample | ||||
limbs.......... them with frequent wounds; by which, the giant being | ||||
roused and feeling himself almost covered by the multitude, he | ||||
suddenly perceives the smarting of the stabs, and sent forth a roar | ||||
which sounded like a terrific clap of thunder; and placing his hands | ||||
on the ground he raised his terrible face: and having lifted one | ||||
hand to his head he found it full of men and rabble sticking to it | ||||
like the minute creatures which not unfrequently are found there; | ||||
wherefore with a shake of his head he sends the men flying through | ||||
the air just as hail does when driven by the fury of the winds. Many | ||||
of these men were found to be dead; stamping with his feet. | ||||
And clinging to his hair, and striving to hide in it, they behaved | ||||
like sailors in a storm, who run up the ropes to lessen the force of | ||||
the wind [by taking in sail]. | ||||
News of things from the East. | ||||
Be it known to you that in the month of June there appeared a Giant, | ||||
who came from the Lybian desert... mad with rage like ants.... | ||||
struck down by the rude. | ||||
This great Giant was born in Mount Atlas and was a hero ... and had | ||||
to fight against the Egyptians and Arabs, Medes and Persians. He | ||||
lived in the sea on whales, grampuses and ships. | ||||
Mars fearing for his life took refuge under the... of Jove. | ||||
And at the great fall it seemed as though the whole province quaked. | ||||
1355. | ||||
This spirit returns to the brain whence it had departed, with a loud | ||||
voice and with these words, it moved... | ||||
And if any man though he may have wisdom or goodness ......... | ||||
[Footnote: This passage, very difficult to decipher, is on the | ||||
reverse of a drawing at Windsor, Pl. CXXII, which possibly has some | ||||
connection with it. The drawing is slightly reduced in this | ||||
reproduction; the original being 25 cm. high by 19 cm. wide.] | ||||
O blessed and happy spirit whence comest thou? Well have I known | ||||
this man, much against my will. This one is a receptacle of | ||||
villainy; he is a perfect heap of the utmost ingratitude combined | ||||
with every vice. But of what use is it to fatigue myself with vain | ||||
words? Nothing is to be found in them but every form of sin ... And | ||||
if there should be found among them any that possesses any good, | ||||
they will not be treated differently to myself by other men; and in | ||||
fine, I come to the conclusion that it is bad if they are hostile, | ||||
and worse if they are friendly. | ||||
Miscellaneous drafts of letters and personal records (1356--1368). | ||||
1356. | ||||
All the ills that are or ever were, if they could be set to work by | ||||
him, would not satisfy the desires of his iniquitous soul; and I | ||||
could not in any length of time describe his nature to you, but I | ||||
conclude... | ||||
1357. | ||||
I know one who, having promised me much, less than my due, being | ||||
disappointed of his presumptuous desires, has tried to deprive me of | ||||
all my friends; and as he has found them wise and not pliable to his | ||||
will, he has menaced me that, having found means of denouncing me, | ||||
he would deprive me of my benefactors. Hence I have informed your | ||||
Lordship of this, to the end [that this man who wishes to sow the | ||||
usual scandals, may find no soil fit for sowing the thoughts and | ||||
deeds of his evil nature] so that he, trying to make your Lordship, | ||||
the instrument of his iniquitous and maliceous nature may be | ||||
disappointed of his desire. | ||||
1358. | ||||
[Footnote: Below this text we read gusstino--Giustino and in another | ||||
passage on the same page Justin is quoted (No. 1210, 1. 48). The two | ||||
have however no real connection.] | ||||
And in this case I know that I shall make few enemies seeing that no | ||||
one will believe what I can say of him; for they are but few whom | ||||
his vices have disgusted, and he only dislikes those men whose | ||||
natures are contrary to those vices. And many hate their fathers, | ||||
and break off friendship with those who reprove their vices; and he | ||||
will not permit any examples against them, nor any advice. | ||||
If you meet with any one who is virtuous do not drive him from you; | ||||
do him honour, so that he may not have to flee from you and be | ||||
reduced to hiding in hermitages, or caves or other solitary places | ||||
to escape from your treachery; if there is such an one among you do | ||||
him honour, for these are our Saints upon earth; these are they who | ||||
deserve statues from us, and images; but remember that their images | ||||
are not to be eaten by you, as is still done in some parts of India | ||||
[Footnote 15: In explanation of this passage I have received the | ||||
following communication from Dr. G. W. LEITNER of Lahore: "So far as | ||||
Indian customs are known to us, this practice spoken of by Leonardo | ||||
as 'still existing in some parts of India' is perfectly unknown; and | ||||
it is equally opposed to the spirit of Hinduism, Mohammedanism and | ||||
Sikhism. In central Thibet the ashes of the dead, when burnt, are | ||||
mixed with dough, and small figures--usually of Buddha--are stamped | ||||
out of them and some are laid in the grave while others are | ||||
distributed among the relations. The custom spoken of by Leonardo | ||||
may have prevailed there but I never heard of it." Possibly Leonardo | ||||
refers here to customs of nations of America.] where, when the | ||||
images have according to them, performed some miracle, the priests | ||||
cut them in pieces, being of wood, and give them to all the people | ||||
of the country, not without payment; and each one grates his portion | ||||
very fine, and puts it upon the first food he eats; and thus | ||||
believes that by faith he has eaten his saint who then preserves him | ||||
from all perils. What do you think here, Man, of your own species? | ||||
Are you so wise as you believe yourselves to be? Are these things to | ||||
be done by men? | ||||
1359. | ||||
As I told you in past days, you know that I am without any.... | ||||
Francesco d'Antonio. Bernardo di Maestro Jacopo. | ||||
1360. | ||||
Tell me how the things happened. | ||||
1361. | ||||
j lorezo\\\ 2 inbiadali\\\ 3 inferri de\\\ 4in lorezo\\\ 5[inno | ||||
abuil]\\ 6 in acocatu\\\ 7 per la sella\\\ 8colte di lor\\\ 9v | ||||
cavallott\\\ I0el uiagg\\\ IIal\\\ I2a lurez\\\ 13in biada\\\ | ||||
14inferri\\\ 15abuss\\\ 16in viagg\\\ 17alorz\\\ [Footnote: This | ||||
seems to be the beginning of a letter, but only the first words of | ||||
the lines have been preserved, the leaf being torn down the middle. | ||||
No translation is possible.] | ||||
1362. | ||||
And so may it please our great Author that I may demonstrate the | ||||
nature of man and his customs, in the way I describe his figure. | ||||
[Footnote: A preparatory note for the passage given as No. 798, 11. | ||||
41--42.] | ||||
1363. | ||||
This writing distinctly about the kite seems to be my destiny, | ||||
because among the first recollections of my infancy, it seemed to me | ||||
that, as I was in my cradle, a kite came to me and opened my mouth | ||||
with its tail, and struck me several times with its tail inside my | ||||
lips. | ||||
[Footnote: This note probably refers to the text No. 1221.] | ||||
1364. | ||||
[When I did well, as a boy you used to put me in prison. Now if I do | ||||
it being grown up, you will do worse to me.] | ||||
1365. | ||||
Tell me if anything was ever done. | ||||
1366. | ||||
Tell me if ever I did a thing which me .... | ||||
1367. | ||||
Do not reveal, if liberty is precious to you; my face is the prison | ||||
of love. | ||||
[Footnote: This note seems to be a quotation.] | ||||
1368. | ||||
Maestro Leonardo of Florence. | ||||
[Footnote: So Leonardo writes his name on a sheet with sundry short | ||||
notes, evidently to try a pen. Compare the signature with those in | ||||
Nos. 1341, 1348 and 1374 (see also No. 1346, l. 33). The form | ||||
"Lionardo" does not occur in the autographs. The Portrait of the | ||||
Master in the Royal Library at Turin, which is reproduced--slightly | ||||
diminished--on Pl. I, has in the original two lines of writing | ||||
underneath; one in red chalk of two or three words is partly | ||||
effaced: _lionardo it... lm_ (or _lai_?); the second written in | ||||
pencil is as follows: _fatto da lui stesso assai vecchio_. In both | ||||
of these the writing is very like the Master's, but is certainly | ||||
only an imitation.] | ||||
Notes bearing Dates (1369--1378). | ||||
1369. | ||||
The day of Santa Maria _della Neve_ [of the Snows] August the 2nd | ||||
1473. [Footnote: W. An. I. 1368. 1369. This date is on a drawing of | ||||
a rocky landscape. See _Chronique des Arts_ 1881 no. 23: _Leonard de | ||||
Vinci a-t-il ete au Righi le 5 aout 1473_? letter by H. de | ||||
Geymuller. The next following date in the MSS. is 1478 (see No. | ||||
663). | ||||
1370. | ||||
On the 2nd of April 1489, book entitled 'Of the human figure'. | ||||
[Footnote: While the letters in the MS. notes of 1473 and 1478 are | ||||
very ornate, this note and the texts on anatomy on the same sheet | ||||
(for instance No. 805) are in the same simple hand as we see on Pl. | ||||
CXVI and CXIX. No 1370 is the only dated note of the years between | ||||
1480 and 1489, and the characters are in all essential points | ||||
identical with those that we see in the latest manuscripts written | ||||
in France (compare the facsimiles on Pl. CXV and p. 254), so that it | ||||
is hardly possible to determine exactly the date of a manuscript | ||||
from the style of the handwriting, if it does not betray the | ||||
peculiarities of style as displayed in the few notes dated previous | ||||
to l480.--Compare the facsimile of the manuscripts 1479 on Pl.LXII, | ||||
No. 2; No. 664, note, Vol. I p. 346. This shows already a marked | ||||
simplicity as compared with the calligraphy of I478. | ||||
The text No. 720 belongs to the year 1490; No. 1510 to the year | ||||
1492; No. 1459, No. 1384 and No. 1460 to the year 1493; No. 1463, | ||||
No. 1517, No. 1024, 1025 and 1461 to the year 1494; Nos. 1523 and | ||||
1524 to the year 1497. | ||||
1371. | ||||
On the 1st of August 1499, I wrote here of motion and of weight. | ||||
[Footnote:1371. _Scrissi qui_. Leonardo does not say where; still we | ||||
may assume that it was not in Milan. Amoretti writes, _Memorie | ||||
Storiche_, chap. XIX: _Sembra pertanto che non nel 1499 ma nel 1500, | ||||
dopo il ritorno e la prigionia del duca, sia da qui partito Lionardo | ||||
per andare a Firenze; ed e quindi probabile, che i mesi di governo | ||||
nuovo e incerto abbia passati coll' amico suo Francesco Melzi a | ||||
Vaprio, ove meglio che altrove studiar potea la natura, e | ||||
soprattutta le acque, e l'Adda specialmente, che gia era stato | ||||
l'ogetto delle sue idrostatiche ricerche_. At that time Melzi was | ||||
only six years of age. The next date is 1502; to this year belong | ||||
No. 1034, 1040, 1042, 1048 and 1053. The note No. 1525 belongs to | ||||
the year 1503.] | ||||
1372. | ||||
On the 9th of July 1504, Wednesday, at seven o'clock, died Ser Piero | ||||
da Vinci, notary at the Palazzo del Podesta, my father, --at seven | ||||
o'clock, being eighty years old, leaving behind ten sons and two | ||||
daughters. | ||||
[Footnote: This statement of Ser Piero's age contradicts that of the | ||||
_Riassunto della portata di Antonio da Vinci_ (Leonardo's | ||||
grandfather), who speaks of Ser Piero as being thirty years old in | ||||
1457; and that of the _Riassunto della portata di Ser Piero e | ||||
Francesco_, sons of Antonia da Vinci, where Ser Piero is mentioned | ||||
as being forty in 1469. These documents were published by G. | ||||
UZIELLI, _Ricerche intorno a L. da Vinci, Firenze_, 1872, pp. 144 | ||||
and 146. Leonardo was, as is well known, a natural son. His mother | ||||
'La Catarina' was married in 1457 to Acchattabriga di Piero del | ||||
Vaccha da Vinci. She died in 1519. Leonardo never mentions her in | ||||
the Manuscripts. In the year of Leonardo's birth Ser Piero married | ||||
Albiera di Giovanni Amadoci, and after her death at the age of | ||||
thirty eight he again married, Francesca, daughter of Ser Giovanni | ||||
Lanfredi, then only fifteen. Their children were Leonardo's | ||||
halfbrothers, Antonio (b. 1476), Ser Giuliano (b. 1479), Lorenzo (b. | ||||
1484), a girl, Violante (b. 1485), and another boy Domenico (b. | ||||
1486); Domenico's descendants still exist as a family. Ser Piero | ||||
married for the third time Lucrezia di Guglielmo Cortigiani by whom | ||||
he had six children: Margherita (b. 1491), Benedetto (b. 1492), | ||||
Pandolfo (b. 1494), Guglielmo (b. 1496), Bartolommeo (b. 1497), and | ||||
Giovanni) date of birth unknown). Pierino da Vinci the sculptor | ||||
(about 1520-1554) was the son of Bartolommeo, the fifth of these | ||||
children. The dates of their deaths are not known, but we may infer | ||||
from the above passage that they were all still living in 1505.] | ||||
1373. | ||||
On Wednesday at seven o'clock died Ser Piero da Vinci on the 9th of | ||||
July 1504. | ||||
[Footnote: This and the previous text it may be remarked are the | ||||
only mention made by Leonardo of his father; Nos. 1526, 1527 and No. | ||||
1463 are of the year 1504.] | ||||
1374. | ||||
Begun by me, Leonardo da Vinci, on the l2th of July 1505. | ||||
[Footnote: Thus he writes on the first page of the MS. The title is | ||||
on the foregoing coversheet as follows: _Libro titolato | ||||
disstrafformatione coe_ (cioe) _d'un corpo nvn_ (in un) _altro sanza | ||||
diminuitione e acresscemento di materia._] | ||||
1375. | ||||
Begun at Milan on the l2th of September 1508. | ||||
[Footnote: No. 1528 and No. 1529 belong to the same year. The text | ||||
Vol. I, No. 4 belongs to the following year 1509 (1508 old style); | ||||
so also does No. 1009.-- Nos. 1022, 1057 and 1464 belong to 1511.] | ||||
1376. | ||||
On the 9th of January 1513. | ||||
[Footnote: No. 1465 belongs to the same year. No. 1065 has the next | ||||
date 1514.] | ||||
1377. | ||||
The Magnifico Giuliano de' Medici left Rome on the 9th of January | ||||
1515, just at daybreak, to take a wife in Savoy; and on the same day | ||||
fell the death of the king of France. | ||||
[Footnote: Giuliano de Medici, brother to Pope Leo X.; see note to | ||||
Nos. 1351-1353. In February, 1515, he was married to Filiberta, | ||||
daughter of Filippo, Duke of Savoy, and aunt to Francis I, Louis | ||||
XII's successor on the throne of France. Louis XII died on Jan. 1st, | ||||
and not on Jan. 9th as is here stated.-- This addition is written in | ||||
paler ink and evidently at a later date.] | ||||
1378. | ||||
On the 24th of June, St John's day, 1518 at Amboise, in the palace | ||||
of... | ||||
[Footnote: _Castello del clli_. The meaning of this word is obscure; | ||||
it is perhaps not written at full length.] | ||||
_XXII._ | ||||
_Miscellaneous Notes._ | ||||
_The incidental memoranda scattered here and there throughout the | ||||
MSS. can have been for the most part intelligible to the writer | ||||
only; in many cases their meaning and connection are all the more | ||||
obscure because we are in ignorance about the persons with whom | ||||
Leonardo used to converse nor can we say what part he may have | ||||
played in the various events of his time. Vasari and other early | ||||
biographers give us a very superficial and far from accurate picture | ||||
of Leonardo's private life. Though his own memoranda, referring for | ||||
the most part to incidents of no permanent interest, do not go far | ||||
towards supplying this deficiency, they are nevertheless of some | ||||
importance and interest as helping us to solve the numerous | ||||
mysteries in which the history of Leonardo's long life remains | ||||
involved. We may at any rate assume, from Leonardo's having | ||||
committed to paper notes on more or less trivial matters on his | ||||
pupils, on his house-keeping, on various known and unknown | ||||
personages, and a hundred other trifies--that at the time they must | ||||
have been in some way important to him._ | ||||
_I have endeavoured to make these 'Miscellaneous Notes' as complete | ||||
as possible, for in many cases an incidental memorandum will help to | ||||
explain the meaning of some other note of a similar kind. The first | ||||
portion of these notes (Nos. l379--l457), as well as those referring | ||||
to his pupils and to other artists and artificers who lived in his | ||||
house (1458--1468,) are arranged in chronological order. A | ||||
considerable proportion of these notes belong to the period between | ||||
1490 and 1500, when Leonardo was living at Milan under the patronage | ||||
of Lodovico il Moro, a time concerning which we have otherwise only | ||||
very scanty information. If Leonardo did really--as has always been | ||||
supposed,--spend also the greater part of the preceding decade in | ||||
Milan, it seems hardly likely that we should not find a single note | ||||
indicative of the fact, or referring to any event of that period, on | ||||
the numerous loose leaves in his writing that exist. Leonardo's life | ||||
in Milan between 1489 and 1500 must have been comparatively | ||||
uneventful. The MSS. and memoranda of those years seem to prove that | ||||
it was a tranquil period of intellectual and artistic labour rather | ||||
than of bustling court life. Whatever may have been the fate of the | ||||
MSS. and note books of the foregoing years--whether they were | ||||
destroyed by Leonardo himself or have been lost--it is certainly | ||||
strange that nothing whatever exists to inform us as to his life and | ||||
doings in Milan earlier than the consecutive series of manuscripts | ||||
which begin in the year 1489._ | ||||
_There is nothing surprising in the fact that the notes regarding | ||||
his pupils are few and meagre. Excepting for the record of money | ||||
transactions only very exceptional circumstances would have prompted | ||||
him to make any written observations on the persons with whom he was | ||||
in daily intercourse, among whom, of course, were his pupils. Of | ||||
them all none is so frequently mentioned as Salai, but the character | ||||
of the notes does not--as it seems to me--justify us in supposing | ||||
that he was any thing more than a sort of factotum of Leonardo's | ||||
(see 1519, note)._ | ||||
_Leonardo's quotations from books and his lists of titles supply | ||||
nothing more than a hint as to his occasional literary studies or | ||||
recreations. It was evidently no part of his ambition to be deeply | ||||
read (see Nrs. 10, 11, 1159) and he more than once expressly states | ||||
(in various passages which will be found in the foregoing sections) | ||||
that he did not recognise the authority of the Ancients, on | ||||
scientific questions, which in his day was held paramount. | ||||
Archimedes is the sole exception, and Leonardo frankly owns his | ||||
admiration for the illustrious Greek to whose genius his own was so | ||||
much akin (see No. 1476). All his notes on various authors, | ||||
excepting those which have already been inserted in the previous | ||||
section, have been arranged alphabetically for the sake of | ||||
convenience (1469--1508)._ | ||||
_The passages next in order contain accounts and inventories | ||||
principally of household property. The publication of these--often | ||||
very trivial entries--is only justifiable as proving that the | ||||
wealth, the splendid mode of life and lavish expenditure which have | ||||
been attributed to Leonardo are altogether mythical; unless we put | ||||
forward the very improbable hypothesis that these notes as to money | ||||
in hand, outlay and receipts, refer throughout to an exceptional | ||||
state of his affairs, viz. when he was short of money._ | ||||
_The memoranda collected at the end (No. 1505--1565) are, in the | ||||
original, in the usual writing, from left to right. Besides, the | ||||
style of the handwriting is at variance with what we should expect | ||||
it to be, if really Leonardo himself had written these notes. Most | ||||
of them are to be found in juxtaposition with undoubtedly authentic | ||||
writing of his. But this may be easily explained, if we take into | ||||
account the fact, that Leonardo frequently wrote on loose sheets. He | ||||
may therefore have occasionally used paper on which others had made | ||||
short memoranda, for the most part as it would seem, for his use. At | ||||
the end of all I have given Leonardo's will from the copy of it | ||||
preserved in the Melzi Library. It has already been printed by | ||||
Amoretti and by Uzielli. It is not known what has become of the | ||||
original document._ | ||||
Memoranda before 1500 (1379-l413). | ||||
1379. | ||||
Find Longhi and tell him that you wait for him at Rome and will go | ||||
with him to Naples; make you pay the donation [Footnote 2: _Libro di | ||||
Vitolone_ see No. 1506 note.] and take the book by Vitolone, and the | ||||
measurements of the public buildings. [3] Have two covered boxes | ||||
made to be carried on mules, but bed-covers will be best; this makes | ||||
three, of which you will leave one at Vinci. [4] Obtain | ||||
the.............. from Giovanni Lombardo the linen draper of Verona. | ||||
Buy handkerchiefs and towels,.... and shoes, 4 pairs of hose, a | ||||
jerkin of... and skins, to make new ones; the lake of Alessandro. | ||||
[Footnote: 7 and fol. It would seem from the text that Leonardo | ||||
intended to have instructions in painting on paper. It is hardly | ||||
necessary to point out that the Art of illuminating was quite | ||||
separate from that of painting.] | ||||
Sell what you cannot take with you. Get from Jean de Paris the | ||||
method of painting in tempera and the way of making white [Footnote: | ||||
The mysterious looking words, quite distinctly written, in line 1: | ||||
_ingol, amor a, ilopan a_ and on line 2: _enoiganod al_ are | ||||
obviously in cipher and the solution is a simple one; by reading | ||||
them backwards we find for _ingol_: logni-probably _longi_, | ||||
evidently the name of a person; for _amor a_: _a Roma_, for _ilopan | ||||
a_: _a Napoli_. Leonardo has done the same in two passages treating | ||||
on some secrets of his art Nos. 641 and 729, the only other places | ||||
in which we find this cipher employed; we may therefore conclude | ||||
that it was for the sake of secrecy that he used it. | ||||
There can be no doubt, from the tenor of this passage, that Leonardo | ||||
projected a secret excursion to Naples. Nothing has hitherto been | ||||
known of this journey, but the significance of the passage will be | ||||
easily understood by a reference to the following notes, from which | ||||
we may infer that Leonardo really had at the time plans for | ||||
travelling further than Naples. From lines 3, 4 and 7 it is evident | ||||
that he purposed, after selling every thing that was not easily | ||||
portable, to leave a chest in the care of his relations at Vinci. | ||||
His luggage was to be packed into two trunks especially adapted for | ||||
transport by mules. The exact meaning of many sentences in the | ||||
following notes must necessarily remain obscure. These brief remarks | ||||
on small and irrelevant affairs and so forth are however of no | ||||
historical value. The notes referring to the preparations for his | ||||
journey are more intelligible.] | ||||
salt, and how to make tinted paper; sheets of paper folded up; and | ||||
his box of colours; learn to work flesh colours in tempera, learn to | ||||
dissolve gum lac, linseed ... white, of the garlic of Piacenza; take | ||||
'de Ponderibus'; take the works of Leonardo of Cremona. Remove the | ||||
small furnace ... seed of lilies and of... Sell the boards of the | ||||
support. Make him who stole it, give you the ... learn levelling and | ||||
how much soil a man can dig out in a day. | ||||
1380. | ||||
This was done by Leone in the piazza of the castle with a chain and | ||||
an arrow. [Footnote: This note must have been made in Milan; as we | ||||
know from the date of the MS.] | ||||
1381. | ||||
NAMES OF ENGINEERS. | ||||
Callias of Rhodes, Epimachus the Athenian, Diogenes, a philosopher, | ||||
of Rhodes, Calcedonius of Thrace, Febar of Tyre, Callimachus the | ||||
architect, a master of fires. [Footnote: Callias, Architect of | ||||
Aradus, mentioned by Vitruvius (X, 16, 5).--Epimachus, of Athens, | ||||
invented a battering-enginee for Demetrius Poliorketes (Vitruvius X, | ||||
16, 4).--Callimachus, the inventor of the Corinthian capital (Vitr. | ||||
IV, I, 9), and of the method of boring marble (Paus. I, 26, 7), was | ||||
also famous for his casts in bronze (Plin. XXXIV, 8, 19). He | ||||
invented a lamp for the temple of Athene Polias, on the Acropolis of | ||||
Athens (Paus. I, 26, 7)--The other names, here mentioned, cannot be | ||||
identified.] | ||||
1382. | ||||
Ask maestro Lodovico for 'the conduits of water'. [Footnote: | ||||
Condotti d'acqua. Possibly a book, a MS. or a map.] | ||||
1383. | ||||
... at Pistoja, Fioravante di Domenico at Florence is my most | ||||
beloved friend, as though he were my [brother]. [Footnote: On the | ||||
same sheet is the text No. 663.] | ||||
1384. | ||||
On the 16th day of July. | ||||
Caterina came on 16th day of July, 1493. | ||||
Messer Mariolo's Morel the Florentin, has a big horse with a fine | ||||
neck and a beautiful head. | ||||
The white stallion belonging to the falconer has fine hind quarters; | ||||
it is behind the Comasina Gate. | ||||
The big horse of Cermonino, of Signor Giulio. [Footnote: Compare | ||||
Nos. 1522 and 1517. Caterina seems to have been his housekeeper.] | ||||
1385. | ||||
OF THE INSTRUMENT. | ||||
Any one who spends one ducat may take the instrument; and he will | ||||
not pay more than half a ducat as a premium to the inventor of the | ||||
instrument and one grosso to the workman every year. I do not want | ||||
sub-officials. [Footnote: Refers perhaps to the regulation of the | ||||
water in the canals.] | ||||
1386. | ||||
Maestro Giuliano da Marliano has a fine herbal. He lives opposite to | ||||
Strami the Carpenters. [Footnote: Compare No. 616, note. 4. | ||||
legnamiere (milanese dialect) = legnajuolo.] | ||||
1387. | ||||
Christofano da Castiglione who lives at the Pieta has a fine head. | ||||
1388. | ||||
Work of ... of the stable of Galeazzo; by the road of Brera | ||||
[Footnote 4: Brera, see No. 1448, II, 13]; benefice of Stanghe | ||||
[Footnote 5:Stanghe, see No. 1509.]; benefice of Porta Nuova; | ||||
benefice of Monza; Indaco's mistake; give first the benefices; then | ||||
the works; then ingratitude, indignity and lamentations. | ||||
1389. | ||||
Chiliarch--captain of 1000. | ||||
Prefects--captains. | ||||
A legion, six thousand and sixty three men. | ||||
1390. | ||||
A nun lives at La Colomba at Cremona; she works good straw plait, | ||||
and a friar of Saint Francis. [Footnote: _La Colomba_ is to this day | ||||
the name of a small house at Cremona, decorated with frescoes.] | ||||
1391. | ||||
Needle,--Niccolao,--thread,--Ferrando, -lacopo | ||||
Andrea,--canvas,--stone,--colours, --brushes,--pallet,--sponge,--the | ||||
panel of the Duke. | ||||
1392. | ||||
Messer Gian Domenico Mezzabarba and Messer Giovanni Franceso | ||||
Mezzabarba. By the side of Messer Piero d'Anghiera. | ||||
1393. | ||||
Conte Francesco Torello. | ||||
1394. | ||||
Giuliano Trombetta,--Antonio di Ferrara, --Oil of .... [Footnote: | ||||
Near this text is the sketch of a head drawn in red chalk.] | ||||
1395. | ||||
Paul was snatched up to heaven. [Footnote: See the facsimile of this | ||||
note on Pl. XXIII No. 2.] | ||||
1396. | ||||
Giuliano da Maria, physician, has a steward without hands. | ||||
1397. | ||||
Have some ears of corn of large size sent from Florence. | ||||
1398. | ||||
See the bedstead at Santa Maria. Secret. | ||||
1399. | ||||
Arrigo is to have 11 gold Ducats. Arrigo is to have 4 gold ducats in | ||||
the middle of August. | ||||
1400. | ||||
Give your master the instance of a captain who does not himself win | ||||
the victory, but the soldiers do by his counsels; and so he still | ||||
deserves the reward. | ||||
1401. | ||||
Messer Pier Antonio. | ||||
1402. | ||||
Oil,--yellow,--Ambrosio,--the mouth, --the farmhouse. | ||||
1403. | ||||
My dear Alessandro from Parma, by the hand of ... | ||||
1404. | ||||
Giovannina, has a fantastic face,--is at Santa Caterina, at the | ||||
Hospital. [Footnote: Compare the text on the same page: No. 667.] | ||||
1405. | ||||
24 tavole make 1 perch. 4 trabochi make 1 tavola. 4 braccia and a | ||||
half make a trabocco. A perch contains 1936 square braccia, or 1944. | ||||
1406. | ||||
The road of Messer Mariolo is 13 1/4 braccia wide; the House of | ||||
Evangelista is 75. | ||||
It enters 7 1/2 braccia in the house of Mariolo. [Footnote: On this | ||||
page and that which faces it, MS.I2 7la, are two diagrams with | ||||
numerous reference numbers, evidently relating to the measurements | ||||
of a street.] | ||||
1407. | ||||
I ask at what part of its curved motion the moving cause will leave | ||||
the thing moved and moveable. | ||||
Speak to Pietro Monti of these methods of throwing spears. | ||||
1408. | ||||
Antonio de' Risi is at the council of Justice. | ||||
1409. | ||||
Paolo said that no machine that moves another .... [Footnote: The | ||||
passage, of which the beginning is here given, deals with questions | ||||
in mechanics. The instances in which Leonardo quotes the opinions of | ||||
his contemporaries on scientific matters are so rare as to be worth | ||||
noticing. Compare No. 901. ] | ||||
1410. | ||||
Caravaggio. [Footnote: _Caravaggio_, a village not far from the Adda | ||||
between Milan and Brescia, where Polidoro and Michelangelo da | ||||
Caravaggio were born. This note is given in facsimile on Pl. XIII, | ||||
No. I (above, to the left). On Pl. XIII, No. 2 above to the right we | ||||
read _cerovazo_.] | ||||
1411. | ||||
Pulleys,--nails,--rope,--mercury,--cloth, Monday. | ||||
1412. | ||||
MEMORANDUM. | ||||
Maghino, Speculus of Master Giovanni the Frenchman; Galenus on | ||||
utility. | ||||
1413. | ||||
Near to Cordusio is Pier Antonio da Tossano and his brother | ||||
Serafino. [Footnote: This note is written between lines 23 and 24 of | ||||
the text No. 710. Corduso, Cordusio (_curia ducis_) = Cordus in the | ||||
Milanese dialect, is the name of a Piazza between the Via del | ||||
Broletto and the Piazza de' Mercanti at Milan.. In the time of il | ||||
Moro it was the centre of the town. The persons here named were | ||||
members of the noble Milanese family de'Fossani; Ambrogio da | ||||
Possano, the contemporary painter, had no connection with them.] | ||||
1414. | ||||
Memoranda after 1500 (1414--1434) | ||||
1414. | ||||
Paul of Vannochio at Siena ... The upper chamber for the apostles. | ||||
[4] Buildings by Bramante. | ||||
The governor of the castle made a prisoner. | ||||
[6] Visconti carried away and his son killed. [Footnote 6: Visconti. | ||||
_Chi fosse quel Visconte non sapremmo indovinare fra tanti di questo | ||||
nome. Arluno narra che allora atterrate furono le case de' Viconti, | ||||
de' Castiglioni, de' Sanseverini, e de' Botta e non e improbabile | ||||
che ne fossero insultati e morti i padroni. Molti Visconti annovera | ||||
lo stesso Cronista che per essersi rallegrati del ritorno del duca | ||||
in Milano furono da' Francesi arrestati, e strascinati in Francia | ||||
come prigionieri di stato; e fra questi Messer Francesco Visconti, e | ||||
suo figliuolo Battista_. (AMORETTI, Mem. Stor. XIX.).] | ||||
Giovanni della Rosa deprived of his money. | ||||
Borgonzio began ....; and moreover his fortunes fled. [Footnote 8: | ||||
Borgonzio o Brugonzio Botta fu regolatore delle ducali entrate sotto | ||||
il Moro, alla cui fuga la casa sua fu pur messa a sacco da' | ||||
partitanti francesi. (AMORETTI, l. c.)] | ||||
The Duke has lost the state, property and liberty and none of his | ||||
entreprises was carried out by him. | ||||
[Footnote: l. 4--10 This passage evidently refers to events in Milan | ||||
at the time of the overthrow of Ludovico il Moro. Amoretti published | ||||
it in the '_Memorie Storiche_' and added copious notes.] | ||||
1415. | ||||
Ambrosio Petri, St. Mark, 4 boards for the window, 2 ..., 3 the | ||||
saints of chapels, 5 the Genoese at home. | ||||
1416. | ||||
Piece of tapestry,--pair of compasses,-- Tommaso's book,--the book | ||||
of Giovanni Benci,--the box in the custom-house,--to cut the | ||||
cloth,--the sword-belt,--to sole the boots, --a light hat,--the cane | ||||
from the ruined houses,--the debt for the table linen, | ||||
--swimming-belt,--a book of white paper for drawing,--charcoal.--How | ||||
much is a florin ...., a leather bodice. | ||||
1417. | ||||
Borges shall get for you the Archimedes from the bishop of Padua, | ||||
and Vitellozzo the one from Borgo a San Sepolcro [Footnote 3: Borgo | ||||
a San Sepolcro, where Luca Paciolo, Leonardo's friend, was born.] | ||||
[Footnote: Borges. A Spanish name.] | ||||
1418. | ||||
Marzocco's tablet. | ||||
1419. | ||||
Marcello lives in the house of Giacomo da Mengardino. | ||||
1420. | ||||
Where is Valentino?--boots,--boxes in the | ||||
custom-house,...,--[Footnote 5: Carmine. A church and monastery at | ||||
Florence.] the monk at the Carmine,--squares,--[Footnotes 7 and 8: | ||||
Martelli, Borgherini; names of Florentine families. See No. 4.] | ||||
Piero Martelli,--[8] Salvi Borgherini,--send back the bags,--a | ||||
support for the spectacles,--[Footnote 11: San Gallo; possibly | ||||
Giuliano da San Gallo, the Florentine architect.] the nude study of | ||||
San Gallo,--the cloak. Porphyry,--groups,--square,--[Footnote 16: | ||||
Pandolfini, see No. 1544 note.] Pandolfino. [Footnote: Valentino. | ||||
Cesare Borgia is probably meant. After being made Archbishop of | ||||
Valence by Alexander VI he was commonly called Valentinus or | ||||
Valentino. With reference to Leonardo's engagements by him see pp. | ||||
224 and 243, note.] | ||||
1421. | ||||
Concave mirrors; philosophy of Aristotle;[Footnote 2: _Avicenna_ | ||||
(Leonardo here writes it Avinega) the Arab philosopher, 980-1037, | ||||
for centuries the unimpeachable authority on all medical questions. | ||||
Leonardo possibly points here to a printed edition: _Avicennae | ||||
canonum libri V, latine_ 1476 _Patavis._ Other editions are, Padua | ||||
1479, and Venice 1490.] the books of Avicenna Italian and Latin | ||||
vocabulary; Messer Ottaviano Palavicino or his Vitruvius [Footnote | ||||
3: _Vitruvius._ See Vol. I, No. 343 note.]. bohemian knives; | ||||
Vitruvius[Footnote 6: _Vitruvius._ See Vol. I, No. 343 note.]; go | ||||
every Saturday to the hot bath where you will see naked men; | ||||
'Meteora' [Footnote 7: _Meteora._ See No. 1448, 25.], | ||||
Archimedes, on the centre of gravity; [Footnote 9: The works of | ||||
Archimedes were not printed during Leonardo's life-time.] anatomy | ||||
[Footnote 10: Compare No. 1494.] Alessandro Benedetto; The Dante of | ||||
Niccolo della Croce; Inflate the lungs of a pig and observe whether | ||||
they increase in width and in length, or in width diminishing in | ||||
length. | ||||
[Footnote 14: _Johannes Marliani sua etate philosophorum et | ||||
medicorum principis et ducalis phisic. primi de proportione motuum | ||||
velocitate questio subtilissima incipit ex ejusdem Marliani | ||||
originali feliciter extracta, M(ilano)_ 1482. | ||||
Another work by him has the title: _Marlianus mediolanensis. Questio | ||||
de caliditate corporum humanorum tempore hiemis ed estatis et de | ||||
antiparistasi ad celebrem philosophorum et medicorum universitatem | ||||
ticinensem._ 1474.] Marliano, on Calculation, to Bertuccio. | ||||
Albertus, on heaven and earth [Footnote 15: See No. 1469, 1. 7.], | ||||
[from the monk Bernardino]. Horace has written on the movements of | ||||
the heavens. | ||||
[Footnote: _Filosofia d'Aristotele_ see No. 1481 note.] | ||||
1422. | ||||
Of the three regular bodies as opposed to some commentators who | ||||
disparage the Ancients, who were the originators of grammar and the | ||||
sciences and ... | ||||
1423. | ||||
The room in the tower of Vaneri. | ||||
[Footnote: This note is written inside the sketch of a plan of a | ||||
house. On the same page is the date 1513 (see No. 1376).] | ||||
1424. | ||||
The figures you will have to reserve for the last book on shadows | ||||
that they may appear in the study of Gerardo the illuminator at San | ||||
Marco at Florence. | ||||
[Go to see Melzo, and the Ambassador, and Maestro Bernardo]. | ||||
[Footnote: L. 1-3 are in the original written between lines 3 and 4 | ||||
of No. 292. But the sense is not clear in this connection. It is | ||||
scarcely possible to devine the meaning of the following sentence. | ||||
2. 3. _Gherardo_ Miniatore, a famous illuminator, 1445-1497, to whom | ||||
Vasari dedicated a section of his Lives (Vol. II pp. 237-243, ed. | ||||
Sansoni 1879). | ||||
5. _Bernardo_, possibly the painter Bernardo Zenale.] | ||||
1425. | ||||
Hermes the philosopher. | ||||
1426. | ||||
Suisset, viz. calculator,--Tisber, --Angelo Fossobron,--Alberto. | ||||
1427. | ||||
The structure of the drawbridge shown me by Donnino, and why _c_ and | ||||
_d_ thrust downwards. | ||||
[Footnote: The sketch on the same page as this text represents two | ||||
poles one across the other. At the ends of the longest are the | ||||
letter _c_ and _d_. The sense of the passage is not rendered any | ||||
clearer.] | ||||
1428. | ||||
The great bird will take its first flight;-- on the back of his | ||||
great swan,--filling the universe with wonders; filling all writings | ||||
with his fame and bringing eternal glory to his birthplace. | ||||
[Footnote: This seems to be a speculation about the flying machine | ||||
(compare p. 271).] | ||||
1429. | ||||
This stratagem was used by the Gauls against the Romans, and so | ||||
great a mortality ensued that all Rome was dressed in mourning. | ||||
[Footnote: Leonardo perhaps alludes to the Gauls under Brennus, who | ||||
laid his sword in the scale when the tribute was weighed.] | ||||
1430. | ||||
Alberto da Imola;--Algebra, that is, the demonstration of the | ||||
equality of one thing to another. | ||||
1431. | ||||
Johannes Rubicissa e Robbia. | ||||
1432. | ||||
Ask the wife of Biagio Crivelli how the capon nurtures and hatches | ||||
the eggs of the hen,--he being drunk. | ||||
1433. | ||||
The book on Water to Messer Marco Antonio. | ||||
[Footnote: Possibly Marc-Antonio della Torre, see p. 97.] | ||||
1434. | ||||
Have Avicenna's work on useful inventions translated; spectacles | ||||
with the case, steel and fork and...., charcoal, boards, and paper, | ||||
and chalk and white, and wax;.... .... for glass, a saw for bones | ||||
with fine teeth, a chisel, inkstand ........ three herbs, and Agnolo | ||||
Benedetto. Get a skull, nut,--mustard. | ||||
Boots,--gloves, socks, combs, papers, towels, shirts,.... | ||||
shoe-tapes,--..... shoes, penknife, pens. A skin for the chest. | ||||
[Footnote: 4. Lapis. Compare Condivi, _Vita di Michelagnolo | ||||
Buonarotti_, Chap. XVIII.: _Ma egli_ (Michelangelo) _non avendo che | ||||
mostrare, prese una penna (percioche in quel tempo il lapis non era | ||||
in uso) e con tal leggiadria gli dipinse una mano ecc._ The incident | ||||
is of the year l496.--Lapis means pencil, and chalk (_matita_). | ||||
Between lines 7 and 8 are the texts given as Nos. 819 and No. 7.] | ||||
Undated memoranda (1435-1457). | ||||
1435. | ||||
The book of Piero Crescenze,--studies from the nude by Giovanni | ||||
Ambrosio,--compasses, --the book of Giovanni Giacomo. | ||||
1436. | ||||
MEMORARDUM. | ||||
To make some provisions for my garden, --Giordano, _De | ||||
Ponderibus_[Footnote 3: _Giordano_. Jordanus Nemorarius, a | ||||
mathematician of the beginning of the XIIIth century. No particulars | ||||
of his life are known. The title of his principal work is: | ||||
_Arithmetica decem libris demonstrata_, first published at Paris | ||||
1496. In 1523 appeared at Nuremberg: _Liber Jordani Nemorarii de | ||||
ponderibus, propositiones XIII et earundem demonstrationes, | ||||
multarumque rerum rationes sane pulcherrimas complectens, nunc in | ||||
lucem editus._],--the peacemaker, the flow and ebb of the sea,--have | ||||
two baggage trunks made, look to Beltraffio's [Footnote 6: | ||||
_Beltraffio_, see No. 465, note 2. | ||||
There are sketches by the side of lines 8 and 10.] lathe and have | ||||
taken the stone,--out leave the books belonging to Messer Andrea the | ||||
German,-- make scales of a long reed and weigh the substance when | ||||
hot and again when cold. The mirror of Master Luigi; _A b_ the flow | ||||
and ebb of the water is shown at the mill of Vaprio,--a cap. | ||||
1437. | ||||
Giovanni Fabre,--Lazaro del Volpe,-- the common,--Ser Piero. | ||||
[Footnote: These names are inserted on a plan of plots of land | ||||
adjoining the Arno.] | ||||
1438. | ||||
[Lactantius], [the book of Benozzo], groups,--to bind the book,--a | ||||
lantern,--Ser Pecantino,--Pandolfino.--[Rosso]--a square, --small | ||||
knives,--carriages,--curry combs-- cup. | ||||
1439. | ||||
Quadrant of Carlo Marmocchi,--Messer Francesco Araldo,--Ser | ||||
Benedetto d'Accie perello,--Benedetto on arithmetic,--Maestro Paulo, | ||||
physician,--Domenico di Michelino,-- ...... of the Alberti,--Messer | ||||
Giovanni Argimboldi. | ||||
1440. | ||||
Colours, formula,--Archimedes,--Marcantonio. | ||||
Tinned iron,--pierced iron. | ||||
1441. | ||||
See the shop that was formerly Bartolommeo's, the stationer. | ||||
[Footnote: 6. _Marc Antonio_, see No. 1433.] | ||||
1442. | ||||
The first book is by Michele di Francesco Nabini; it treats on | ||||
science. | ||||
1443. | ||||
Messer Francesco, physician of Lucca, with the Cardinal Farnese. | ||||
[Footnote: _Alessandro Farnese_, afterwards Pope Paul III was | ||||
created in 1493 Cardinal di San Cosimo e San Damiano, by Alexander | ||||
VI.] | ||||
1444. | ||||
Pandolfino's book [Footnote 1: _Pandolfino, Agnolo_, of Florence. It | ||||
is to this day doubtful whether he or L. B. Alberti was the author | ||||
of the famous work '_Del Governo della Famiglia_'. It is the more | ||||
probable that Leonardo should have meant this work by the words _il | ||||
libro_, because no other book is known to have been written by | ||||
Pandolfino. This being the case this allusion of Leonardo's is an | ||||
important evidence in favour of Pandolfino's authorship (compare No. | ||||
1454, line 3).],--knives,--a pen for ruling,--to have the vest | ||||
dyed,--The library at St.-Mark's,--The library at Santo | ||||
Spirito,--Lactantius of the Daldi [Footnote 7: The works of | ||||
Lactantius were published very often in Italy during Leonardo's | ||||
lifetime. The first edition published in 1465 "_in monastero | ||||
sublacensi_" was also the first book printed in Italy.],--Antonio | ||||
Covoni,--A book by Maestro Paolo Infermieri, --Boots, shoes and | ||||
hose,--(Shell)lac, --An apprentice to do the models for me. Grammar, | ||||
by Lorenzo de Medici,--Giovanni del Sodo,--Sansovino, [Footnote 15: | ||||
_Sansovino_, Andrea--the _sculptor_; 1460-1529.]--a ruler,--a very | ||||
sharp knife,--Spectacles,--fractions...., | ||||
--repair.........,--Tomaso's book,-- Michelagnolo's little chain; | ||||
Learn the multiplication of roots from Maestro Luca;--my map of the | ||||
world which Giovanni Benci has [Footnote 25: Leonardo here probably | ||||
alludes to the map, not executed by him (See p. 224), which is with | ||||
the collection of his MSS. at Windsor, and was published in the | ||||
_Archaeologia_ Vol. XI (see p. 224).];-Socks,--clothes from the | ||||
customhouse-officier,--Red Cordova leather,--The map of the world, | ||||
of Giovanni Benci,--a print, the districts about Milan--Market book. | ||||
Get the Friar di Brera to show you [the book] '_de Ponderibus_' | ||||
[Footnote 11: _Brera_, now _Palazzo delle Scienze ed Arti. Until | ||||
1571 it was the monastery of the order of the Umiliati and | ||||
afterwards of the Jesuits. | ||||
_De ponderibus_, compare No. 1436, 3.],-- | ||||
Of the measurement of San Lorenzo,-- | ||||
I lent certain groups to Fra Filippo de Brera, [Footnote 13: | ||||
_Brera_, now _Palazzo delle Scienze ed Arti. Until 1571 it was the | ||||
monastery of the order of the Umiliati and afterwards of the | ||||
Jesuits. | ||||
_De ponderibus_, compare No. 1436, 3.]-- | ||||
Memorandum: to ask Maestro Giovannino as to the mode in which the | ||||
tower of Ferrara is walled without loopholes,-- | ||||
Ask Maestro Antonio how mortars are placed on bastions by day or by | ||||
night,-- | ||||
Ask Benedetto Portinari how the people go on the ice in Flanders,-- | ||||
On proportions by Alchino, with notes by Marliano, from Messer | ||||
Fazio,-- | ||||
The measurement of the sun, promised me by Maestro Giovanni, the | ||||
Frenchman,-- | ||||
The cross bow of Maestro Gianetto,-- | ||||
The book by Giovanni Taverna that Messer Fazio,-- | ||||
You will draw Milan [21],-- | ||||
The measurement of the canal, locks and supports, and large boats; | ||||
and the expense,-- | ||||
Plan of Milan [Footnote 23: _Fondamento_ is commonly used by | ||||
Leonardo to mean ground-plan. See for instance p. 53.],-- | ||||
Groups by Bramante [Footnote 24: _Gruppi_. See Vol. I p. 355, No. | ||||
600, note 9.],-- | ||||
The book on celestial phenomena by Aristoteles, in Italian [Footnote | ||||
25: _Meteora_. By this Leonardo means no doubt the four books. He | ||||
must refer here to a MS. translation, as no Italian translation is | ||||
known to have been published (see No. 1477 note).],-- | ||||
Try to get Vitolone, which is in the library at Pavia [Footnote 26: | ||||
_Vitolone_ see No. 1506, note. | ||||
_Libreria di Pavia_. One of the most famous of Italian libraries. | ||||
After the victory of Novara in April 1500, Louis XII had it conveyed | ||||
to France, '_come trofeo di vittoria_'!] and which treats of | ||||
Mathematics,--He had a master [learned] in waterworks and get him to | ||||
explain the repairs and the costs, and a lock and a canal and a mill | ||||
in the Lombard fashion. | ||||
A grandson of Gian Angelo's, the painter has a book on water which | ||||
was his fathers. | ||||
Paolino Scarpellino, called Assiolo has great knowledge of water | ||||
works. | ||||
[Footnote 12: _Sco Lorenzo_. A church at Milan, see pp. 39, 40 and | ||||
50.] | ||||
[Footnote 13. 24: _Gruppi_. See Vol. I p. 355, No. 600, note 9.] | ||||
[Footnote 16: The _Portinari_ were one of the great merchant- | ||||
families of Florence.] | ||||
1449. | ||||
Francesco d'Antonio at Florence. | ||||
1450. | ||||
Giuliano Condi[1],--Tomaso Ridolfi,-- Tomaso Paganelli,--Nicolo del | ||||
Nero,--Simone Zasti,--Nasi,--the heir of Lionardo Manelli, | ||||
--Guglielmo di Ser Martino,--Bartolomeo del Tovaglia,--Andrea | ||||
Arrigucci,-- Nicolo Capponi,--Giovanni Portinari. | ||||
[Footnote: I. _Guiliano Gondi_. Ser Piero da Vinci, Leonardo's | ||||
father, lived till 1480, in a house belonging to Giuliano Gondi. In | ||||
1498 this was pulled down to make room for the fine Palazzo built on | ||||
the Piazza San Firenze by Giuliano di San Gallo, which still exists. | ||||
In the _Riassunto del Catasto di Ser Piero da Vinci_, 1480, Leonardo | ||||
is not mentioned; it is evident therefore that he was living | ||||
elsewhere. It may be noticed incidentally that in the _Catasto di | ||||
Giuliano Gondi_ of the same year the following mention is made of | ||||
his four eldest sons: | ||||
_Lionardo mio figliuolo d'eta d'anni 29, non fa nulla, Giovambatista | ||||
d'eta d'anni 28 in Ghostantinopoli, Billichozo d'eta d'anni 24 a | ||||
Napoli, Simone d'eta d'anni 23 in Ungheria._ | ||||
He himself was a merchant of gold filigree (_facciamo lavorare una | ||||
bottegha d'arte di seta ... facciamo un pocho di trafico a Napoli_}. | ||||
As he was 59 years old in 1480, he certainly would not have been | ||||
alive at the time of Leonardo's death. But Leonardo must have been | ||||
on intimate terms with the family till the end of his life, for in a | ||||
letter dated June 1. 1519, in which Fr. Melzi, writing from Amboise, | ||||
announces Leonardo's death to Giuliano da Vinci at Florence (see p. | ||||
284), he says at the end "_Datemene risposta per i Gondi_" (see | ||||
UZIELLI, _Ricerche_, passim). | ||||
Most of the other names on the list are those of well-known | ||||
Florentine families.] | ||||
1451. | ||||
Pandolfino. | ||||
1452. | ||||
Vespuccio will give me a book of Geometry. | ||||
[Footnote: See No. 844, note, p. 130.] | ||||
1453. | ||||
Marcantonio Colonna at Santi Apostoli. | ||||
[Footnote: In July 1506 Pope Julius II gave Donna Lucrezia della | ||||
Rovere, the daughter of his sister Lucchina, in marriage to the | ||||
youthful Marcantonio Colonna, who, like his brothers Prospero and | ||||
Fabrizio, became one of the most famous Captains of his family. He | ||||
gave to him Frascati and made him a present of the palazzo he had | ||||
built, when Cardinal, near the church of Santi Apostoli which is now | ||||
known as the Palazzo Colonna (see GREGOROVIUS, _Gesch. der Stadt | ||||
Rom._ Vol. VIII, book XIV I, 3. And COPPI, _Mem. Colonnesi_ p. | ||||
251).] | ||||
1454. | ||||
A box, a cage,-- A square, to make the bird [Footnote 2: Vasari | ||||
states that Leonardo invented mechanical birds which moved through | ||||
the air. Compare No. 703.],-- Pandolfino's book, mortar [?],-- Small | ||||
knives, Venieri for the | ||||
[Footnote: Much of No. 1444 is repeated in this memorandum.] | ||||
Pen for ruling, stone,--star,-- | ||||
To have the vest dyed, Alfieri's tazza,-- | ||||
The Libraries, the book on celestial | ||||
phenomena,-- | ||||
Lactantius of the go to the house of | ||||
Daldi,-- the Pazzi, | ||||
Book from Maestro small box,-- | ||||
Paolo Infermieri,-- | ||||
Boots, shoes and small gimlet,-- | ||||
hose, | ||||
Lac, .......,-- | ||||
An apprentice for .....,-- | ||||
models, | ||||
Grammar of Lo- the amount of the | ||||
renzo de' Medici, ... | ||||
Giovanni del Sodo ..... | ||||
for...,--the broken | ||||
Sansovino, the.... | ||||
Piero di Cosino the wings,-- | ||||
[Footnote 16: _Pier di Cosimo_ the well known Florentine painter | ||||
1462-1521. See VASARI, _Vite_ (Vol. IV, p. 134 ed. Sansoni 1880) | ||||
about Leonardo's influence on Piero di Cosimo's style of painting.] | ||||
Filippo and Lorenzo [Footnote 17: _Filippo e Lorenzo_; probably the | ||||
painters Filippino Lippi and Lorenzo di Credi. L. di Credi's | ||||
pictures and Vasari's history of that painter bear ample evidence to | ||||
his intimate relations with Leonardo.],--A ruler-,-- Spectacles,--to | ||||
do the..... again,--Tomaso's book,--Michelagnolo's chain,--The | ||||
multiplication of roots,--Of the bow and strinch,--The map of the | ||||
world from Benci,-- Socks,--The clothes from the custom-house | ||||
officier,--Cordova leather,--Market books, --waters of | ||||
Cronaca,--waters of Tanaglino..., --the caps,--Rosso's mirror; to | ||||
see him make it,--1/3 of which I have 5/6,--on the celestial | ||||
phenomena, by Aristotle [Footnote 36: _Meteora_. See No. 1448, | ||||
25.],--boxes of Lorenzo di Pier Francesco [Footnote 37: _Lorenzo di | ||||
Pier Francesco_ and his brother _Giovanni_ were a lateral branch of | ||||
the _Medici_ family and changed their name for that of | ||||
Popolani.],--Maestro Piero of the Borgo,--To have my book | ||||
bound,--Show the book to Serigatto,-- and get the rule of the clock | ||||
[Footnote 41: Possibly this refers to the clock on the tower of the | ||||
Palazzo Vecchio at Florence. In February 1512 it had been repaired, | ||||
and so arranged as to indicate the hours after the French manner | ||||
(twelve hours a. m. and as many p. m.).],-- | ||||
ring,--nutmeg,--gum,--the square,--Giovan' Batista at the piazza, | ||||
de' Mozzi,--Giovanni Benci has my book and jaspers,--brass for the | ||||
spectacles. | ||||
1455. | ||||
Search in Florence for...... | ||||
1456. | ||||
Bernardo da Ponte ... Val di Lugano ... many veins for anatomical | ||||
demonstration. | ||||
[Footnote: This fragmentary note is written on the margin of a | ||||
drawing of two legs.] | ||||
1457. | ||||
Paolo of Tavechia, to see the marks in the German stones. | ||||
[Footnote: This note occurs on a pen and ink drawing made by | ||||
Leonardo as a sketch for the celebrated large cartoon in the | ||||
possession of the Royal Academy of Arts, in London. This cartoon is | ||||
commonly supposed to be identical with that described and lauded by | ||||
Vasari, which was exhibited in Florence at the time and which now | ||||
seems to be lost. Mr. Alfred Marks, of Long Ditton, in his valuable | ||||
paper (read before the Royal Soc. of Literature, June 28, 1882) "On | ||||
the St. Anne of Leonardo da Vinci", has adduced proof that the | ||||
cartoon now in the Royal Academy was executed earlier at Milan. The | ||||
note here given, which is written on the sheet containing the study | ||||
for the said cartoon, has evidently no reference to the drawing on | ||||
which it is written but is obviously of the same date. Though I have | ||||
not any opening here for discussing this question of the cartoon, it | ||||
seemed to me important to point out that the character of the | ||||
writing in this note does not confirm the opinion hitherto held that | ||||
the Royal Academy cartoon was the one described by Vasari, but, on | ||||
the contrary, supports the hypothesis put forward by Mr. Marks.] | ||||
Notes on pupils (1458-1468.) | ||||
1458. | ||||
Giacomo came to live with me on St.-Mary Magdalen's[Footnote: _Il di | ||||
della Maddalena._ July 22.] day, 1490, aged 10 years. The second day | ||||
I had two shirts cut out for him, a pair of hose, and a jerkin, and | ||||
when I put aside some money to pay for these things he stole 4 | ||||
_lire_ the money out of the purse; and I could never make him | ||||
confess, though I was quite certain of the fact.--Thief, liar, | ||||
obstinate, glutton. | ||||
The day after, I went to sup with Giacomo Andrea, and the said | ||||
Giacomo supped for two and did mischief for four; for he brake 3 | ||||
cruets, spilled the wine, and after this came to sup where I .... | ||||
Item: on the 7th day of September he stole a silver point of the | ||||
value of 22 soldi from Marco[Footnote 6: _Marco_, probably | ||||
Leonardo's pupil Marco d'Oggionno; 1470 is supposed to be the date | ||||
of his birth and 1540 of his death. | ||||
_Che stava con meco._ We may infer from this that he left the master | ||||
shortly after this, his term of study having perhaps expired.] who | ||||
was living with me, 4 _lire_ this being of silver; and he took it | ||||
from his studio, and when the said Marco had searched for it a long | ||||
while he found it hidden in the said Giacomo's box 4 _lire_. | ||||
Item: on the 26th January following, I, being in the house of Messer | ||||
Galeazzo da San Severino [Footnote 9: Galeazzo. See No. 718 note.], | ||||
was arranging the festival for his jousting, and certain footmen | ||||
having undressed to try on some costumes of wild men for the said | ||||
festival, Giacomo went to the purse of one of them which lay on the | ||||
bed with other clothes, 2 lire 4 S, and took out such money as was | ||||
in it. | ||||
Item: when I was in the same house, Maestro Agostino da Pavia gave | ||||
to me a Turkish hide to have (2 lire.) a pair of short boots made of | ||||
it; this Giacomo stole it of me within a month and sold it to a | ||||
cobbler for 20 soldi, with which money, by his own confession, he | ||||
bought anise comfits. | ||||
Item: again, on the 2nd April, Giovan Antonio [Footnote 16: Giovan | ||||
Antonio, probably Beltraffio, 1467 to 1516.] having left a silver | ||||
point on a drawing of his, Giacomo stole it, and this was of the | ||||
value of 24 soldi (1 lira 4 S.) | ||||
The first year- | ||||
A cloak, 2 lire, | ||||
6 shirts, 4 lire, | ||||
3 jerkins, 6 lire, | ||||
4 pairs of hose, 7 lire 8 soldi, | ||||
1 lined doublet, 5 lire, | ||||
24 pairs of shoes, 6 lire 5 soldi, | ||||
A cap, 1 lira, | ||||
laces, 1 lira. | ||||
[Footnote: Leonardo here gives a detailed account not only of the | ||||
loss he and others incurred through Giacomo but of the wild tricks | ||||
of the youth, and we may therefore assume that the note was not made | ||||
merely as a record for his own use, but as a report to be forwarded | ||||
to the lad's father or other responsible guardian.] | ||||
1459. | ||||
On the last day but one of September; | ||||
Thursday the 27th day of September Maestro Tommaso came back and | ||||
worked for himself until the last day but one of February. On the | ||||
18th day of March, 1493, Giulio, a German, came to live with | ||||
me,--Lucia, Piero, Leonardo. | ||||
On the 6th day of October. | ||||
1460. | ||||
1493. On the 1st day of November we settled accounts. Giulio had to | ||||
pay 4 months; and Maestro Tommaso 9 months; Maestro Tommaso | ||||
afterwards made 6 candlesticks, 10 days' work; Giulio some | ||||
fire-tongs 15 days work. Then he worked for himself till the 27th | ||||
May, and worked for me at a lever till the 18th July; then for | ||||
himself till the 7th of August, and for one day, on the fifteenth, | ||||
for a lady. Then again for me at 2 locks until the 20th of August. | ||||
1461. | ||||
On the 23rd day of August, 12 lire from Pulisona. On the 14th of | ||||
March 1494, Galeazzo came to live with me, agreeing to pay 5 lire a | ||||
month for his cost paying on the l4th day of each month. | ||||
His father gave me 2 Rhenish florins. | ||||
On the l4th of July, I had from Galeazzo 2 Rhenish florins. | ||||
1462. | ||||
On the 15th day of September Giulio began the lock of my studio | ||||
1494. | ||||
1463. | ||||
Saturday morning the 3rd of August 1504 Jacopo the German came to | ||||
live with me in the house, and agreed with me that I should charge | ||||
him a carlino a day. | ||||
1464. | ||||
1511. On the 26th of September Antonio broke his leg; he must rest | ||||
40 days. | ||||
[Footnote: This note refers possibly to Beltraffio.] | ||||
1465. | ||||
I left Milan for Rome on the 24th day of September, 1513, with | ||||
Giovanni [Footnote 2: _Giovan;_ it is not likely that Leonardo | ||||
should have called Giovan' Antonio Beltraffio at one time Giovanni, | ||||
as in this note and another time Antonio, as in No. 1464 while in | ||||
No. 1458 l. 16 we find _Giovan'Antonio_, and in No. 1436, l.6 | ||||
_Beltraffio_. Possibly the Giovanni here spoken of is Leonardo's | ||||
less known pupil Giovan Pietrino (see No. 1467, 5).], Francesco di | ||||
Melzi [Footnote 2,3: _Francesco de' Melzi_ is often mentioned, see | ||||
Nos. 1350.], Salai [Footnote 3: _Salai_. See No. 1519 note.], | ||||
Lorenzo and il Fanfoia. | ||||
[Footnote 4: _Lorenzo_. See No. 1351, l. 10 (p. 408). Amoretti gives | ||||
the following note in _Mem. Stor. XXIII:_ 1505. _Martedi--sera a di | ||||
14 d'aprile. Venne Lorenzo a stare con mecho: disse essere d'eta | ||||
d'anni 17 .. a di 15 del detto aprile ebbi scudi 25 d'oro dal | ||||
chamerlingo di Santa Maria nuova._ This, he asserts is derived from | ||||
a MS. marked S, in quarto. This MS. seems to have vanished and left | ||||
no trace behind; Amoretti himself had not seen it, but copied from a | ||||
selection of extracts made by Oltrocchi before the Leonardo MSS. | ||||
were conveyed to Paris on the responsibility of the first French | ||||
Republic. Lorenzo, by this, must have been born in 1487. The | ||||
sculptor Lorenzetto was born in 1490. Amoretti has been led by the | ||||
above passage to make the following absurd observations: | ||||
_Cotesto Lorenzo, che poi gli fu sempre compagno, almeno sin che | ||||
stette in Italia, sarebb' egli Lorenzo Lotto bergamasco? Sappiamo | ||||
essere stato questo valente dipintore uno de'bravi scolari del | ||||
Vinci_ (?). | ||||
_Il Fafoia_, perhaps a nickname. Cesare da Sesto, Leonardo's pupil, | ||||
seems to have been in Rome in these years, as we learn from a | ||||
drawing by him in the Louvre. | ||||
1466. | ||||
On the 3rd day of January. | ||||
Benedetto came on the 17th of October; he stayed with me two months | ||||
and 13 days of last year, in which time he earned 38 lire, 18 soldi | ||||
and 8 dinari; he had of this 26 lire and 8 soldi, and there remains | ||||
to be paid for the past year 12 lire 10 soldi. | ||||
Giodatti (?) came on the 8th day of September, at 4 soldi a month, | ||||
and stayed with me 3 months and 24 days, and earned 59 lire 14 soldi | ||||
and 8 dinari; he has had 43 lire, 4 soldi, there remains to pay 16 | ||||
lire, 10 soldi and 8 dinari. | ||||
Benedetto, 24 grossoni. | ||||
[Footnote: This seems to be an account for two assistants. The name | ||||
of the second is scarcely legible. The year is not given. The note | ||||
is nevertheless of chronological value. The first line tells us the | ||||
date when the note was registered, January 3d, and the observations | ||||
that follow refer to events of the previous month 'of last year' | ||||
_(dell'anno passato)_. Leonardo cannot therefore have written thus | ||||
in Florence where the year was, at that period, calculated as | ||||
beginning in the month of March (see Vol. I, No. 4, note 2). He must | ||||
then have been in Milan. What is more important is that we thus | ||||
learn how to date the beginning of the year in all the notes written | ||||
at Milan. This clears up Uzielli's doubts: _A Milano facevasi | ||||
cominciar l'anno ab incarnatione, cioe il 25 Marzo e a nativitate, | ||||
cioe il 25 Decembre. Ci sembra probabile che Leonardo dovesse | ||||
prescegliere lo stile che era in uso a Firenze._ (_Ricerche_, p. 84, | ||||
note.)] | ||||
1467. | ||||
Gian Maria 4, | ||||
Benedetto 4, | ||||
Gian Pietro [5] 3, | ||||
Salai 3, | ||||
Bartolomeo 3, | ||||
Gherardo 4. | ||||
1468. | ||||
Salai, 20 lire, | ||||
Bonifacio, 2 lire, | ||||
Bartolomeo, 4 lire, | ||||
Arrigo [Harry], 15 lire. | ||||
Quotations and notes on books and authors (1469-1508). | ||||
1469. | ||||
Book on Arithmetic [Footnote 1: _"La nobel opera de arithmethica ne | ||||
la qual se tracta tute cosse amercantia pertinente facta & compilata | ||||
per Piero borgi da Veniesia", in-40. In fine: "Nela inclita cita di | ||||
Venetia a corni. 2 augusto. 1484. fu imposto fine ala presente | ||||
opera." Segn. a--p. quaderni. V'ha pero un' altra opera simile di | ||||
Filippo Calandro, 1491. E da consultarsi su quest' ultimo, Federici: | ||||
Memorie Trevigiane, Fiore di virtu: pag. 73. "Libricciuolo composto | ||||
di bello stile verso il 1320 e piu volte impresso nel secolo XV | ||||
(ristampato poi anche piu tardi). Gli accademici della Crusca lo | ||||
ammettono nella serie dei testi di lingua. Vedasi Gamba, Razzolini, | ||||
Panzer, Brunet, Lechi, ecc._ (G. D'A.)], 'Flowers of Virtue', | ||||
Pliny [Footnote 2: _"Historia naturale di C. Plinio Secondo, | ||||
tradocta di lingua latina in fiorentina per Christophoro Laudino & | ||||
Opus Nicolai Jansonis gallici imp. anno salutis M.CCCC.LXXVI. | ||||
Venetiis" in-fol.--Diogene Laertio. Incomincia: "El libro de la vita | ||||
de philosophi etc.: Impressum Venetiis" per Bernardinum Celerium de | ||||
Luere, 1480", in-40_ (G. D'A.).], 'Lives of the Philosophers', | ||||
The Bible [Footnote 3: _"La Bibia volgare historiata (per Nicolo di | ||||
Mallermi) Venecia ... M.CCCC.LXXI in kalende di Augusto (per | ||||
Vindelino de Spira)" 2 vol. in-fol. a 2 col. di 50 lin,; od altra | ||||
ediz. della stessa versione del Mallermi, Venetia 1471, e sempre: | ||||
"Venecia per Gabriel de Piero 1477," in-fol.; 2 vol.; Ottavio Scotto | ||||
da Modoetia 1481," "Venetia 1487 per Joan Rosso Vercellese," "1490 | ||||
Giovanni Ragazo di Monteferato a instantia di Luchanthonio di | ||||
Giunta, ecc."--Lapidario Teofrasto? Mandebille: "Le grand | ||||
lapidaire," versione italiana ms.?... Giorgio Agricola non puo | ||||
essere, perche nato nel 1494, forse Alberto Magno: de mineralibus. | ||||
Potrebbe essere una traduzione del poema latino (Liber lapidum seu | ||||
de gemmis) di Marbordio Veterio di Rennes (morto nel 1123 da lui | ||||
stesso tradotto in francese dal greco di Evao re d'Arabia celebre | ||||
medico che l'aveva composto per l'imperatore Tiberio. Marbodio | ||||
scrisse il suo prima per Filippo Augusto re di Francia. Vi sono | ||||
anche traduzioni in prosa. "Il lapidario o la forza e la virtu delle | ||||
pietre preziose, delle Erbe e degli Animali."_ (G. D'A.)], | ||||
'Lapidary', | ||||
'On warfare' [Footnote 4: _Il Vegezio? ... Il Frontino? ... Il | ||||
Cornazzano?... Noi crediamo piuttosto il Valturio. Questo libro | ||||
doveva essere uno de'favoriti di Leonardo poiche libro di scienza e | ||||
d'arte nel tempo stesso._], 'Epistles of Filelfo', | ||||
[Footnote: The late Marchese Girolamo d'Adda published a highly | ||||
valuable and interesting disquisition on this passage under the | ||||
title: _Leonardo da Vinci e la sua Libreria, note di un bibliofilo | ||||
(Milano 1873. Ed. di soli 75 esemplari_; privately printed). In the | ||||
autumn of 1880 the Marchese d'Adda showed me a considerable mass of | ||||
additional notes prepared for a second edition. This, as he then | ||||
intended, was to come out after the publication of this work of | ||||
mine. After the much regretted death of the elder Marchese, his son, | ||||
the Marchese Gioachino d'Adda was so liberal as to place these MS. | ||||
materials at my disposal for the present work, through the kind | ||||
intervention of Signor Gustavo Frizzoni. The following passages, | ||||
with the initials G. d'A. are prints from the valuable notes in that | ||||
publication, the MS. additions I have marked. I did not however | ||||
think myself justified in reproducing here the acute and interesting | ||||
observations on the contents of most of the rare books here | ||||
enumerated.] | ||||
[Footnote: 1467. 5. See No. 1465, 2.] | ||||
The first decade, [5] 'On the preservation of health', The third | ||||
decade, [6] Ciecho d'Ascoli, The fourth decade, [7] Albertus Magnus, | ||||
Guido, [8] New treatise on rhetorics, Piero Crescentio, [9] | ||||
Cibaldone, 'Quadriregio', [10] Aesop, | ||||
Donato, [Footnote 11: "_Donatus latine & italice: Impressum Venetiis | ||||
impensis Johannis Baptistae de Sessa anno_ 1499, _in_-4deg.".-- "_El | ||||
Psalterio de David in lingua volgare (da Malermi Venetia nel | ||||
M.CCCC.LXXVI,_" in-fol. s. n._ (G. D'A.)] Psalms, | ||||
Justinus, [Footnote 12: Compare No. 1210, 48.--_La versione di | ||||
Girolamo Squarzafico:_ "_Il libro di Justino posto diligentemente in | ||||
materna lingua. Venetia ale spesse (sic) di Johane de Colonia & | ||||
Johane Gheretze_ ... l477," _in-fol._--"_Marsilii Ficini, Theologia | ||||
platonica, sive de animarum immortalitate, Florentine, per Ant. | ||||
Misconimum_ 1482," _in-fol., ovvero qualche versione italiana di | ||||
questo stesso libro, ms._ (G. D'A.)] 'On the immortality of the | ||||
soul, | ||||
Guido [Footnote 13: _Forse_ "_la Historia Trojana Guidonis_" _od il | ||||
_"_manipulus_" _di_ "_Guido da Monterocherii_"_ ma piu probabilmente | ||||
_"_Guido d'Arezzo_"_ il di cui libro: _"_Micrologus, seu disciplina | ||||
artis musicae_"_ poteva da Leonardo aversi ms.; di questi ne | ||||
esistono in molto biblioteche, e fu poi impresso nel 1784 dal | ||||
Gerbert._ | ||||
_Molte sono le edizione dei sonetti di Burchiello Fiorentino, | ||||
impresse nel secolo XV. La prima e piu rara e recercata:_ | ||||
"_Incominciano li sonetti, ecc. (per Christoforo Arnaldo)_"_, in_-4deg. | ||||
_senza numeri, richiami o segnature, del_ 1475, _e fors' anche del_ | ||||
1472, _secondo Morelli e Dibdin, ecc._ (G. D'A.)] Burchiello, | ||||
'Doctrinale' [Footnote 14: _Versione italiana det "Doctrinal de | ||||
Sapience" di Guy de Roy, e foris'anche l'originale in lingua | ||||
francese.--_ | ||||
_Di Pulci Luigi, benche nell' edizione:_ "_Florentiae_ 1479" _in_-4deg. | ||||
si dica: _"_Il Driadeo composto in rima octava per Lucio Pulcro_"_ | ||||
Altre ediz, del secolo XV, _"_Florentie Miscomini_ 1481, _in_-40, | ||||
_Firenze, apud S. Jacob, de Ripoli,_ 1483,_" _in_-4deg. _e "Antoni de | ||||
Francesco,_ 1487," _in_-4deg. _e Francesco di Jacopo_ 1489,_in_-4deg. _ed | ||||
altre ancora di Venezia e senza alcuna nota ecc._ (G. D'A.)] | ||||
Driadeo, | ||||
Morgante [Footnote 15: _Una delle edizioni del Morgante impresse nel | ||||
secolo XV, ecc.--_ | ||||
_Quale delle opere di Francesco Petrarca, sarebbe malagevole | ||||
l'indovinare, ma probabilmente il Canzoniere._ (G. D'A.)] Petrarch. | ||||
John de Mandeville [Footnote 16: _Sono i viaggi del cavaliere_ | ||||
"_Mandeville_" _gentiluomo inglese. Scrisse il suo libro in lingua | ||||
francese. Fu stampato replicatamente nel secolo XV in francese, in | ||||
inglese ed in italiano ed in tedesco; del secolo XV ne annoverano | ||||
forse piu di 27 edizioni, di cui ne conosciamo_ 8 _in francese, | ||||
quattro in latino, sei in tedesco e molte altre in volgare._ (G. | ||||
D'A.)] | ||||
'On honest recreation' [Footnote 17: _Il Platina (Bartolomeo Sacchi) | ||||
la versione italiana_ "_de la honesta voluptate, & valetudine (& de | ||||
li obsonnii) Venetia (senza nome di tipografo)_ 1487," _piccolo | ||||
in_-4deg. _gotico._ (G. D'A.)--Compare No. 844, 21.] | ||||
Manganello, [Footnote 18: _Il Manganello: Satira eccessivamente | ||||
vivace contro le donne ad imitazione della Sesta di Giovenale. | ||||
Manganello non e soltanto il titolo del libricino, sua ben anche il | ||||
nome dell'autore ch'era un_ "_milanese_". _Di questo libercolo | ||||
rarissimo, che sembra impresso a Venezia dallo Zoppino (Nicolo | ||||
d'Aristotile detto il), senza data, ma dei primissimi anni del | ||||
secolo XVI, e forse piu antico, come vedremo in appresso, non se ne | ||||
conoscono fra biblioteche pubbliche e private che due soli esemplari | ||||
in Europa._ (G. D'A.)] | ||||
The Chronicle of Isidoro, [Footnote 19: "_Cronica desidero_", | ||||
_sembra si deggia leggere piuttosto_ "_cronico disidoro_"_; ed in | ||||
questo caso s'intenderebbe la_ "_cronica d'Isidoro_" _tanto in voga | ||||
a quel tempo_ "_Comenza la Cronica di Sancto Isidoro menore con | ||||
alchune additione cavate del testo & istorie de la Bibia & del libro | ||||
di Paulo Oroso .... Impresso in Ascoli in casa del reverendo misser | ||||
Pascale ..... per mano di Guglielmo de Linis de Alamania | ||||
M.CCCC.LXXVII_" _in_-4deg. _di_ 157 _ff. E il primo libro impresso ad | ||||
Ascoli e l'edizione principe di questa cronica in oggi assai rara. | ||||
Non lo e meno l'edizione di Cividal del Friuli_, 1480, _e quella ben | ||||
anche di Aquila_, 1482, _sempre in-_4deg.. _Vedasi Panzer, Hain, Brunet | ||||
e P. Dechamps._ (G. D'A.)] | ||||
The Epistles of Ovid, [Footnote 20: "_Le pistole di Ovidio tradotte | ||||
in prosa. Napoli Sixt. Riessinger_", _in_-4deg., _oppure:_ "_Epistole | ||||
volgarizzate_ 1489," _in_-4deg. _a due col._ "_impresse ne la cita | ||||
(sic) di Bressa per pre: Baptista de Farfengo,_" _(in ottave) o:_ | ||||
"_El libro dele Epistole di Ovidio in rima volgare per messere | ||||
Dominico de Monticelli toschano. Brescia Farfengo_," _in_-4deg. _got. | ||||
(in rima volgare)_, 1491, _ed anche la versione di Luca Pulci. | ||||
Firenze, Mischomini_, 1481, _in_-4deg.. (G. D'A.) ] | ||||
Epistles of Filelfo, [Footnote 21: See l. 4.] | ||||
Sphere, [Footnote 22: "_Jo: de Sacrobusto_," _o_ "_Goro Dati_," _o_ | ||||
"_Tolosano da Colle_" _di cui molteplici edizioni del secolo XV._ | ||||
(G. D'A.)] | ||||
The Jests of Poggio, [Footnote 23: _Tre edizioni delle facezie del | ||||
Poggio abbiamo in lingua italiana della fine del secolo XV, tutte | ||||
senza data. "Facetie de Poggio fiorentino traducte de latino in | ||||
vulgare ornatissimo," in-40, segn. a--e in caratteri romani; | ||||
l'altra: "Facetie traducte de latino in vulgare," in-40, caratteri | ||||
gotici, ecc._ (G. D'A.)] Chiromancy, [Footnote 24: "_Die Kunst | ||||
Cyromantia etc, in tedesco. 26 ff. di testo e figure il tutte | ||||
eseguito su tavole di legno verso la fine del secolo XV da Giorgio | ||||
Schapff". Dibdin, Heinecken, Sotheby e Chatto ne diedero una lunga | ||||
descrizione; i primi tre accompagnati da fac-simili. La data 1448 | ||||
che si legge alla fine del titolo si riferisce al periodo della | ||||
composizione del testo, non a quello della stampa del volume benche | ||||
tabellario. Altri molti libri di Chiromanzia si conoscono di quel | ||||
tempo e sarebbe opera vana il citarli tutti._ (G. D'A.)] | ||||
Formulary of letters, [Footnote 25: _Miniatore Bartolomeo. | ||||
"Formulario de epistole vulgare missive e responsive, & altri fiori | ||||
de ornali parlamenti al principe Hercule d'Esti ecc. composto ecc. | ||||
Bologna per Ugo di Rugerii," in-40, del secolo XV. Altra edizione di | ||||
"Venetia Bernardino di Novara, 1487" e "Milano per Joanne Angelo | ||||
Scinzenzeler 1500," in-40._ (G. D'A.) | ||||
Five books out of this list are noted by Leonardo in another MS. | ||||
(Tr. 3): _donato, -- lapidario, -- plinio, -- abacho, -- morgante._] | ||||
1470. | ||||
Nonius Marcellus, Festus Pompeius, Marcus Varro. | ||||
[Footnote: Nonius Marcellus and Sextus Pompeius Festus were Roman | ||||
grammarians of about the fourth century A. D. Early publications of | ||||
the works of Marcellus are: _De proprietate sermonis, Romae_ (about | ||||
1470), and 1471 (place of publication unknown). _Compendiosa | ||||
doctrina, ad filium, de proprietate sermonum._ Venice, 1476. BRUNET, | ||||
_Manuel du libraire_ (IV, p. 97) notes: _Le texte de cet ancien | ||||
grammairien a ete reimprime plusieurs fois a la fin du XVe siecle, | ||||
avec ceux de Pomponius Festus et de Terentius Varro. La plus | ||||
ancienne edition qui reunisse ces trois auteurs est celle de Parme, | ||||
1480 ... Celles de Venise, 1483, 1490, 1498, et de Milan, 1500, | ||||
toutes in-fol., ont peu de valeur._] | ||||
1471. | ||||
Map of Elephanta in India which Antonello Merciaio has from maestro | ||||
Maffeo;--there for seven years the earth rises and for seven years | ||||
it sinks;--Enquire at the stationers about Vitruvius. | ||||
1472. | ||||
See 'On Ships' Messer Battista, and Frontinus 'On Acqueducts' | ||||
[Footnote 2: 2. _Vitruvius de Arch., et Frontinus de Aquedoctibus._ | ||||
Florence, 1513.--This is the earliest edition of Frontinus.--The | ||||
note referring to this author thus suggests a solution of the | ||||
problem of the date of the Leicester Manuscript.]. | ||||
[Footnote: Compare No. 1113, 25.] | ||||
1473. | ||||
Anaxagoras: Every thing proceeds from every thing, and every thing | ||||
becomes every thing, and every thing can be turned into every thing | ||||
else, because that which exists in the elements is composed of those | ||||
elements. | ||||
1474. | ||||
The Archimedes belonging to the Bishop of Padua. | ||||
[Footnote: See No. 1421, 1. 3, 6 and Vol. I, No. 343.] | ||||
1475. | ||||
Archimedes gave the quadrature of a polygonal figure, but not of the | ||||
circle. Hence Archimedes never squared any figure with curved sides. | ||||
He squared the circle minus the smallest portion that the intellect | ||||
can conceive, that is the smallest point visible. | ||||
[Footnote: Compare No. 1504.] | ||||
1476. | ||||
If any man could have discovered the utmost powers of the cannon, in | ||||
all its various forms and have given such a secret to the Romans, | ||||
with what rapidity would they have conquered every country and have | ||||
vanquished every army, and what reward could have been great enough | ||||
for such a service! Archimedes indeed, although he had greatly | ||||
damaged the Romans in the siege of Syracuse, nevertheless did not | ||||
fail of being offered great rewards from these very Romans; and when | ||||
Syracuse was taken, diligent search was made for Archimedes; and he | ||||
being found dead greater lamentation was made for him by the Senate | ||||
and people of Rome than if they had lost all their army; and they | ||||
did not fail to honour him with burial and with a statue. At their | ||||
head was Marcus Marcellus. And after the second destruction of | ||||
Syracuse, the sepulchre of Archimedes was found again by Cato[25], | ||||
in the ruins of a temple. So Cato had the temple restored and the | ||||
sepulchre he so highly honoured.... Whence it is written that Cato | ||||
said that he was not so proud of any thing he had done as of having | ||||
paid such honour to Archimedes. | ||||
[Footnote: Where Leonardo found the statement that Cato had found | ||||
and restored the tomb of Archimedes, I do not know. It is a merit | ||||
that Cicero claims as his own (Tusc. V, 23) and certainly with a | ||||
full right to it. None of Archimedes' biographers --not even the | ||||
diligent Mazzucchelli, mentions any version in which Cato is named. | ||||
It is evidently a slip of the memory on Leonardo's part. Besides, | ||||
according to the passage in Cicero, the grave was not found _'nelle | ||||
ruine d'un tempio'_--which is highly improbable as relating to a | ||||
Greek--but in an open spot (H. MULLER-STRUBING).--See too, as to | ||||
Archimedes, No. 1417. | ||||
Leonardo says somewhere in MS. C.A.: _Architronito e una macchina di | ||||
fino rame, invenzlon d' Archimede_ (see _'Saggio'_, p. 20).] | ||||
1477. | ||||
Aristotle, Book 3 of the Physics, and Albertus Magnus, and Thomas | ||||
Aquinas and the others on the rebound of bodies, in the 7th on | ||||
Physics, on heaven and earth. | ||||
1478. | ||||
Aristotle says that if a force can move a body a given distance in a | ||||
given time, the same force will move half the same body twice as far | ||||
in the same time. | ||||
1479. | ||||
Aristotle in Book 3 of the Ethics: Man merits praise or blame solely | ||||
in such matters as lie within his option to do or not to do. | ||||
1480. | ||||
Aristotle says that every body tends to maintain its nature. | ||||
1481. | ||||
On the increase of the Nile, a small book by Aristotle. [Footnote: | ||||
_De inundatione Nili_, is quoted here and by others as a work of | ||||
Aristotle. The Greek original is lost, but a Latin version of the | ||||
beginning exists (Arist. Opp. IV p. 213 ed. Did. Par.). | ||||
In his quotations from Aristotle Leonardo possibly refers to one of | ||||
the following editions: _Aristotelis libri IV de coelo et mundo; de | ||||
anima libri III; libri VIII physi- corum; libri de generatione et | ||||
corruptione; de sensu et sensato... omnia latine, interprete | ||||
Averroe, Venetiis 1483_ (first Latin edition). There is also a | ||||
separate edition of _Liber de coelo et mundo_, dated 1473.] | ||||
1482. | ||||
Avicenna will have it that soul gives birth to soul as body to body, | ||||
and each member to itself. | ||||
[Footnote: Avicenna, see too No. 1421, 1. 2.] | ||||
1483. | ||||
Avicenna on liquids. | ||||
1484. | ||||
Roger Bacon, done in print. [Footnote: The earliest printed edition | ||||
known to Brunet of the works of Roger Bacon, is a French | ||||
translation, which appeared about fourty years after Leonardo's | ||||
death.] | ||||
1485. | ||||
Cleomedes the philosopher. | ||||
[Footnote: Cleomede. A Greek mathematician of the IVth century B. C. | ||||
We have a Cyclic theory of Meteorica by him. His works were not | ||||
published before Leonardo's death.] | ||||
1486. | ||||
CORNELIUS CELSUS. | ||||
The highest good is wisdom, the chief evil is suffering in the body. | ||||
Because, as we are composed of two things, that is soul and body, of | ||||
which the first is the better, the body is the inferior; wisdom | ||||
belongs to the better part, and the chief evil belongs to the worse | ||||
part and is the worst of all. As the best thing of all in the soul | ||||
is wisdom, so the worst in the body is suffering. Therefore just as | ||||
bodily pain is the chief evil, wisdom is the chief good of the soul, | ||||
that is with the wise man; and nothing else can be compared with it. | ||||
[Footnote: _Aulus Cornelius Celsus_, a Roman physician, known as the | ||||
Roman Hippocrates, probably contemporary with Augustus. Only his | ||||
eight Books 'De Medicina', are preserved. The earliest editions are: | ||||
_Cornelius Celsus, de medicina libr. VIII._, Milan 1481 Venice 1493 | ||||
and 1497.] | ||||
1487. | ||||
Demetrius was wont to say that there was no difference between the | ||||
speech and words of the foolish and ignorant, and the noises and | ||||
rumblings of the wind in an inflated stomach. Nor did he say so | ||||
without reason, for he saw no difference between the parts whence | ||||
the noise issued; whether their lower parts or their mouth, since | ||||
one and the other were of equal use and importance. | ||||
[Footnote: Compare Vol. I, No. 10.] | ||||
1488. | ||||
Maestro Stefano Caponi, a physician, lives at the piscina, and has | ||||
Euclid _De Ponderibus_. | ||||
1489. | ||||
5th Book of Euclid. First definition: a part is a quantity of less | ||||
magnitude than the greater magnitude when the less is contained a | ||||
certain number of times in the greater. | ||||
A part properly speaking is that which may be multiplied, that is | ||||
when, being multiplied by a certain number, it forms exactly the | ||||
whole. A common aggregate part ... | ||||
Second definition. A greater magnitude is said to be a multiple of a | ||||
less, when the greater is measured by the less. | ||||
By the first we define the lesser [magnitude] and by the second the | ||||
greater is defined. A part is spoken | ||||
1490. | ||||
of in relation to the whole; and all their relations lie between | ||||
these two extremes, and are called multiples. | ||||
1491. | ||||
Hippocrates says that the origin of men's sperm derives from the | ||||
brain, and from the lungs and testicles of our parents, where the | ||||
final decocture is made, and all the other limbs transmit their | ||||
substance to this sperm by means of expiration, because there are no | ||||
channels through which they might come to the sperm. | ||||
[Footnote: The works of Hippocrates were printed first after | ||||
Leonardo's death.] | ||||
1492. | ||||
Lucretius in his third [book] 'De Rerum Natura'. The hands, nails | ||||
and teeth were (165) the weapons of ancient man. | ||||
They also use for a standard a bunch of grass tied to a pole (167). | ||||
[Footnote: _Lucretius, de rerum natura libri VI_ were printed first | ||||
about 1473, at Verona in 1486, at Brescia in 1495, at Venice in 1500 | ||||
and in 1515, and at Florence in 1515. The numbers 165 and 167 noted | ||||
by Leonardo at the end of the two passages seem to indicate pages, | ||||
but if so, none of the editions just mentioned can here be meant, | ||||
nor do these numbers refer to the verses in the poems of Lucretius.] | ||||
1493. | ||||
Ammianus Marcellinus asserts that seven hundred thousand volumes of | ||||
books were burnt in the siege of Alexandria in the time of Julius | ||||
Cesar. | ||||
[Footnote: _Ammiani Marcellini historiarum libri qui extant XIII_, | ||||
published at Rome in 1474.] | ||||
1494. | ||||
Mondino says that the muscles which raise the toes are in the | ||||
outward side of the thigh, and he adds that there are no muscles in | ||||
the back [upper side] of the feet, because nature desired to make | ||||
them light, so as to move with ease; and if they had been fleshy | ||||
they would be heavier; and here experience shows ... | ||||
[Footnote: _"Mundini anatomia. Mundinus, Anothomia (sic). Mundini | ||||
praestantissimorum doctorum almi studii ticiensis (sic) cura | ||||
diligentissime emendata. Impressa Papiae per magistrum Antonium de | ||||
Carfano 1478," in-fol.; ristampata: "Bononiae Johan. de Noerdlingen, | ||||
1482," in-fol.; "Padova per Mattheum Cerdonis de Vuindischgretz, | ||||
1484," in-40; "Lipsia, 1493," in-40; "Venezia, 1494," in-40 e ivi | ||||
"1498," con fig. Queste figure per altro non sono, come si e | ||||
preteso, le prime che fossero introdotte in un trattato di Notamia. | ||||
Nel 'fasciculus Medicinae' di Giovanni Ketham, che riproduce | ||||
l''Anatomia' del Mundinus, impresso pure a Venezia da J. e G. de | ||||
Gregoriis, 1491, in-fol., contengonsi intagli in legno (si vogliono | ||||
disegnati non gia incisi da Andrea Mantegna) di grande dimensione, e | ||||
che furono piu volte riprodotti negli anni successivi. Quest' | ||||
edizione del "fasciculus" del 1491, sta fra nostri libri e potrebbe | ||||
benissimo essere il volume d'Anatomia notato da Leonardo._ (G. | ||||
D'A.)] | ||||
1495. | ||||
Of the error of those who practice without knowledge;--[3] See first | ||||
the 'Ars poetica' of Horace [5]. | ||||
[Footnote: A 3-5 are written on the margin at the side of the title | ||||
line of the text given, entire as No. 19] | ||||
1496. | ||||
The heirs of Maestro Giovanni Ghiringallo have the works of | ||||
Pelacano. | ||||
1497. | ||||
The catapult, as we are told by Nonius and Pliny, is a machine | ||||
devised by those &c. | ||||
[Footnote: _Plinius_, see No. 946.] | ||||
1498. | ||||
I have found in a history of the Spaniards that in their wars with | ||||
the English Archimedes of Syracuse who at that time was living at | ||||
the court of Ecliderides, King of the Cirodastri. And in maritime | ||||
warfare he ordered that the ships should have tall masts, and that | ||||
on their tops there should be a spar fixed [Footnote 6: Compare No. | ||||
1115.] of 40 feet long and one third of a foot thick. At one end of | ||||
this was a small grappling iron and at the other a counterpoise; and | ||||
there was also attached 12 feet of chain; and, at the end of this | ||||
chain, as much rope as would reach from the chain to the base of the | ||||
top, where it was fixed with a small rope; from this base it ran | ||||
down to the bottom of the mast where a very strong spar was attached | ||||
and to this was fastened the end of the rope. But to go on to the | ||||
use of his machine; I say that below this grappling iron was a fire | ||||
[Footnote 14: Compare No. 1128.] which, with tremendous noise, threw | ||||
down its rays and a shower of burning pitch; which, pouring down on | ||||
the [enemy's] top, compelled the men who were in it to abandon the | ||||
top to which the grappling-iron had clung. This was hooked on to the | ||||
edges of the top and then suddenly the cord attached at the base of | ||||
the top to support the cord which went from the grappling iron, was | ||||
cut, giving way and drawing in the enemy's ship; and if the | ||||
anchor--was cast ... | ||||
[Footnote: Archimedes never visited Spain, and the names here | ||||
mentioned cannot be explained. Leonardo seems to quote here from a | ||||
book, perhaps by some questionable mediaeval writer. Prof. C. Justi | ||||
writes to me from Madrid, that Spanish savants have no knowledge of | ||||
the sources from which this story may have been derived.] | ||||
1499. | ||||
Theophrastus on the ebb and flow of the tide, and of eddies, and on | ||||
water. [Footnote: The Greek philosophers had no opportunity to study | ||||
the phenomenon of the ebb and flow of the tide and none of them | ||||
wrote about it. The movement of the waters in the Euripus however | ||||
was to a few of them a puzzling problem.] | ||||
1500. | ||||
Tryphon of Alexandria, who spent his life at Apollonia, a city of | ||||
Albania (163). [Footnote: Tryphon of Alexandria, a Greek Grammarian | ||||
of the time of Augustus. His treatise TtaOY Aeijecu appeared first | ||||
at Milan in 1476, in Constantin Laskaris's Greek Grammar.] | ||||
1501. | ||||
Messer Vincenzio Aliprando, who lives near the Inn of the Bear, has | ||||
Giacomo Andrea's Vitruvius. | ||||
1502. | ||||
Vitruvius says that small models are of no avail for ascertaining | ||||
the effects of large ones; and I here propose to prove that this | ||||
conclusion is a false one. And chiefly by bringing forward the very | ||||
same argument which led him to this conclusion; that is, by an | ||||
experiment with an auger. For he proves that if a man, by a certain | ||||
exertion of strength, makes a hole of a given diameter, and | ||||
afterwards another hole of double the diameter, this cannot be made | ||||
with only double the exertion of the man's strength, but needs much | ||||
more. To this it may very well be answered that an auger | ||||
1503. | ||||
of double the diameter cannot be moved by double the exertion, be- | ||||
cause the superficies of a body of the same form but twice as large | ||||
has four times the extent of the superficies of the smaller, as is | ||||
shown in the two figures a and n. | ||||
1504. | ||||
OF SQUARING THE CIRCLE, AND WHO IT WAS THAT FIRST DISCOVERED IT BY | ||||
ACCIDENT. | ||||
Vitruvius, measuring miles by means of the repeated revolutions of | ||||
the wheels which move vehicles, extended over many Stadia the lines | ||||
of the circumferences of the circles of these wheels. He became | ||||
aware of them by the animals that moved the vehicles. But he did not | ||||
discern that this was a means of finding a square equal to a circle. | ||||
This was first done by Archimedes of Syracuse, who by multiplying | ||||
the second diameter of a circle by half its circumference produced a | ||||
rectangular quadrilateral equal figure to the circle [Footnote 10: | ||||
Compare No. 1475.]. | ||||
[Footnote: _Vitruvius_, see also Nos. 1113 and 343.] | ||||
1505. | ||||
Virgil says that a blank shield is devoid of merit because among the | ||||
people of Athens the true recognition confirmed by testimonies ... | ||||
[Footnote: The end of the text cannot be deciphered.] | ||||
1506. | ||||
In Vitolone there are 805 conclusions [problems] in perspective. | ||||
[Footnote: _(Witelo, Vitellion, Vitellon) Vitellione. E da vedersi | ||||
su questo ottico prospettico del secolo XIII Luca Pacioli, Paolo | ||||
Lomazzo, Leonardo da Vinci, ecc. e fra i moderni il Graesse, il | ||||
Libri, il Brunet, e le Memorie pubblicate dal principe Boncompagni, | ||||
e 'Sur l' orthographe du nom et sur la patrie de Witelo (Vitellion) | ||||
note de Maximilien Curtze, professeur a Thorn', ove sono descritti i | ||||
molti codici esistenti nelle biblioteche d' Europa. Bernardino Baldi | ||||
nelle sue 'Vite de'matematici', manoscritto presso il principe | ||||
Boncompagni, ha una biografia del Vitellione. Questo scritto del | ||||
Baldi reca la data 25 agosto 1588. Discorsero poi di lui Federigo | ||||
Risnerio e Giovanni di Monteregio nella prefazione dell' Alfagrano, | ||||
Giovanni Boteone, Girolamo Cardano, 'De subtilitate', che nota gli | ||||
errori di Vitellione. Visse, secondo il Baldi, intorno all' anno | ||||
1269, ma secondo il Reinoldo fioriva nel 1299, avendo dedicata la | ||||
sua opera ad un frate Guglielmo di Monteca, che visse di que' tempi. | ||||
Intorno ad un manoscritto dell' ottica di Vitellione, citato da Luca | ||||
Pacioli v'ha un secondo esemplare del Kurlz, con aggiunte del | ||||
principe Boncompagni, e le illustrazioni del cav. Enrico Narducci. | ||||
Nel 'Catalogo di manoscritti' posseduti da D. Baldassare de' | ||||
principi Boncompagni, compilato da esso Narducci, Roma, 1862, sotto | ||||
al n. 358, troviamo citato: Vitellio, 'Perspectiva', manoscritto del | ||||
secolo XIV. La 'Prospettiva di Vitelleone' (sic) Thuringo-poloni e | ||||
citata due volte da Paolo Lomazzo nel Trattato dell' arte della | ||||
pittura. Vitellio o Vitello o Witelo. Il suo libro fu impresso in | ||||
foglio a Norimberga nel 1535; la secondo edizione e del 1551, sempre | ||||
di Norimberga, ed una terza di Basilea, 1572._ (See _Indagini | ||||
Storiche ... sulla Libreria-Visconteo-Sforzesca del Castello di | ||||
Pavia ... per cura di_ G. D'A., _Milano 1879. P. I. Appendice p. | ||||
113. 114)._] | ||||
1507. | ||||
Vitolone, at Saint Mark's. | ||||
[Footnote: _Altro codice di cotesta 'Prospettiva' del Vitolone | ||||
troviamo notato nel 'Canone bibliographico di Nicolo V', conservato | ||||
alla, Magliabecchiana, in copia dell' originale verosimilmente | ||||
inviato dal Parentucelli a Cosimo de' Medici (Magliab. cod. segn. 1 | ||||
VII, 30 carte da 193 a 198). Proviene dal Convento di San Marco e lo | ||||
aveva trascritto frate Leonardo Scruberti fiorentino, dell' ordine | ||||
dei predicatori che fu anche bibliotecario della Medicea pubblica in | ||||
San Marco_ (See _Indagini Storiche ... per cura di_ G. D'A. _Parte | ||||
I, p. 97)._] | ||||
1508. | ||||
How this proposition of Xenophon is false. | ||||
If you take away unequal quantities from unequal quantities, but in | ||||
the same proportion, &c. [Footnote: Xenophon's works were published | ||||
several times during Leonardo's lifetime.] | ||||
Inventories and accounts (1509--1545). | ||||
1509. | ||||
On the 28th day of April I received from the Marchesino 103 lire and | ||||
12 dinari. [Footnote: Instead of the indication of the year there is | ||||
a blank space after _d'aprile_.--Marchesino Stange was one of | ||||
Lodovico il Moro's officials.--Compare No. 1388.] | ||||
1510. | ||||
On the 10th day of July 1492 in 135 | ||||
Rhenish florins 1. 445 | ||||
in dinari of 6 soldi 1. 112 S 16 | ||||
in dinari of 5 1/2 soldi 1. 29 S 13 | ||||
9 in gold and 3 scudi 1. 53 | ||||
----------------------------- | ||||
1. 811 in all | ||||
1511. | ||||
On the first day of February, lire 1200. | ||||
1512. | ||||
The hall towards the court is 126 paces long and 27 braccia wide. | ||||
1513. | ||||
The narrow cornice above the hall lire 30. | ||||
The cornice beneath that, being one for each picture, lire 7, and | ||||
for the cost of blue, gold, white, plaster, indigo and glue 3 lire; | ||||
time 3 days. | ||||
The pictures below these mouldings with their pilasters, 12 lire | ||||
each. | ||||
I calculate the cost for smalt, blue and gold and other colours at 1 | ||||
1/2 lire. | ||||
The days I calculate at 3, for the invention of the composition, | ||||
pilasters and other things. | ||||
1514. | ||||
Item for each vault 7 lire | ||||
outlay for blue and gold 3 1/2 | ||||
time, 4 days | ||||
for the windows 1 1/2 | ||||
The cornice below the windows 16 soldi per braccio | ||||
item for 24 pictures of Roman history 14 lire each | ||||
The philosophers 10 lire | ||||
the pilasters, one ounce of blue 10 soldi | ||||
for gold 15 soldi | ||||
Total 2 and 1/2 lire. | ||||
1515. | ||||
The cornice above lire 30 | ||||
The cornice below lire 7 | ||||
The compositions, one with another lire 13 | ||||
1516. | ||||
Salai, 6 lire ... 4 soldi ... 10 soldi for a chain;-- | ||||
On the l4th of March I had 13 lire S. 4; 16 lire remain. | ||||
1517. | ||||
How many braccia high is the level of the walls?-- | ||||
123 braccia | ||||
How large is the hall? | ||||
How large is the garland? | ||||
30 ducats. | ||||
On the 29th day of January, 1494 | ||||
cloth for hose lire 4 S 3 | ||||
lining S 16 | ||||
making S 8 | ||||
to Salai S 3 | ||||
a jasper ring S 13 | ||||
a sparkling stone S 11 | ||||
to Caterina S 10 | ||||
to Caterina S 10 | ||||
1518. | ||||
The wheel lire 7 | ||||
the tire lire 10 | ||||
the shield lire 4 | ||||
the cushion lire 8 | ||||
the ends of the axle-tree lire 2 | ||||
bed and frame lire 30 | ||||
conduit lire 10 | ||||
S.K.M.II.2 4a] | ||||
1519. | ||||
Parsley 10 parts | ||||
mint 1 part | ||||
thyme 1 part | ||||
Vinegar ... and a little salt two pieces of canvas for Salai. | ||||
[Footnote: This note, of about the year 1494, is the earliest | ||||
mention of Salai, and the last is of the year 1513 (see No. 1465, | ||||
3). From the various notes in the MSS. he seems to have been | ||||
Leonardo's assistant and keeper only, and scarcely himself a | ||||
painter. At any rate no signed or otherwise authenticated picture by | ||||
him is known to exist. Vasari speaks somewhat doubtfully on this | ||||
point.] | ||||
1520. | ||||
On Tuesday I bought wine for morning [drinking]; on Friday the 4th | ||||
day of September the same. | ||||
[Footnote: This note enables us to fix the date of the Manuscript, | ||||
in which it is to be found. In 1495 the 4th of September fell on a | ||||
Friday; the contents of the Manuscript do not permit us to assign it | ||||
to a much earlier or later date (Compare No. 1522, and Note).] | ||||
1521. | ||||
The cistern ... at the Hospital, --2 ducats, --beans, --white maize, | ||||
--red maize, --millet, --buckwheat, --kidney beans, --beans, --peas. | ||||
1522. | ||||
EXPENSES OF THE INTERMENT OF CATERINA. | ||||
For the 3 lbs of tapers 27 S | ||||
For the bier 8 S | ||||
A pall over the bier 12 S | ||||
For bearing and placing the cross 4 S | ||||
For bearing the body 8 S | ||||
For 4 priests and 4 clerks 20 S | ||||
Bell, book and sponge 2 S | ||||
For the gravediggers 16 S | ||||
To the senior 8 S | ||||
For a license from the authorities 1 S | ||||
106 S | ||||
The doctor 2 S | ||||
Sugar and candles 12 S | ||||
120 S | ||||
[Footnote: See Nos. 1384 and 1517.] | ||||
1523. | ||||
Salai's cloak, the 4th of April 1497. | ||||
4 braccia of silver cloth l. 15 S 4 | ||||
green velvet to trim it l. 9 S -- | ||||
binding l.-- S 9 | ||||
loops l.-- S 12 | ||||
the making l. 1 S 5 | ||||
binding for the front l.-- S 5 | ||||
stitching _________ | ||||
here are 13 grossoni of his l. 26 S 5 | ||||
Salai stole the soldi. | ||||
1524. | ||||
On Monday I bought 4 braccia of cloth lire 13 S 14 1/2 on the 17th | ||||
of, October 1497. | ||||
1525. | ||||
Memorandum. That on the 8th day of April 1503, I, Leonardo da Vinci, | ||||
lent to Vante, miniature painter 4 gold ducats, in gold. Salai | ||||
carried them to him and gave them into his own hand, and he said he | ||||
would repay within the space of 40 days. | ||||
Memorandum. That on the same day I paid to Salai 3 gold ducats which | ||||
he said he wanted for a pair of rose-coloured hose with their | ||||
trimming; and there remain 9 ducats due to him--excepting that he | ||||
owes me 20 ducats, that is 17 I lent him at Milan, and 3 at Venice. | ||||
Memorandum. That I gave Salai 21 braccia of cloth to make a shirt, | ||||
at 10 soldi the braccio, which I gave him on the 20th day of April | ||||
1503. | ||||
[Footnote: With regard to Vante or Attavante, the miniature painter | ||||
(not Nanni as I formerly deciphered this name, which is difficult to | ||||
read; see _Zeitschrift fur Bild. Kunst_, 1879, p. 155), and Vasari, | ||||
Lives of Frate Giovanni da Fiesole, of Bartolommeo della Gatta, and | ||||
of Gherardo, _miniatore._ He, like Leonardo, was one of the | ||||
committee of artists who, in 1503, considered the erection and | ||||
placing of Michel Angelo's David. The date of his death is not | ||||
known; he was of the same age as Leonardo. Further details will be | ||||
found in '_Notizie di Attavante miniatore, e di alcuni suoi lavori_' | ||||
(Milanese's ed. of Vasari, III, 231-235).] | ||||
1526. | ||||
On the morning of San Peter's day, June 29th, 1504, I took io | ||||
ducats, of which I gave one to Tommaso my servant to spend. | ||||
On Monday morning 1 florin to Salai to spend on the house. | ||||
On Thursday I took 1 florin for my own spending. | ||||
Wednesday evening 1 florin to Tommaso, before supper. | ||||
Saturday morning 1 florin to Tommaso. | ||||
Monday morning 1 florin less 10 soldi. | ||||
Thursday to Salai 1 florin less 10 soldi. | ||||
For a jerkin, 1 florin. | ||||
For a jerkin And a cap 2 florins. | ||||
To the hosier, 1 florin. | ||||
To Salai, 1 florin. | ||||
Friday morning, the 19th of July, 1 florin, less 6 soldi. I have 7 | ||||
fl. left, and 22 in the box. | ||||
Tuesday, the 23th day of July, 1 florin to Tommaso. | ||||
Monday morning, to Tommaso 1 florin. | ||||
[Wednesday morning 1 fl. to Tommaso.] | ||||
Thursday morning the 1st day of August 1 fl. to Tommaso. | ||||
Sunday, the 4th of August, 1 florin. | ||||
Friday, the 9th day of August 1504, I took 10 ducats out of the box. | ||||
1527. | ||||
1504. On the 9th day of August, 1504, I took 10 florins in gold[2] | ||||
... [3] on Friday the 9th day of August fifteen grossoni that is fl. | ||||
5 S 5 ... given to me 1 florin in gold on the 12th day of August [4] | ||||
... on the 14th of August, 32 grossoni to Tommaso. On the 18th of | ||||
the same 5 grossoni to Salai. On the 8th of September 6 grossoni to | ||||
the workman to spend; that is on the day of our Lady's birth. On the | ||||
16th day of September I gave 4 grossoni to Tommaso: on a Sunday. | ||||
[Footnote: In the original, the passage given as No. 1463 is written | ||||
between lines 2 and 3 of this text, and it is possible that the | ||||
entries in lines 3 and 4 refer to the payments of Jacopo Tedesco, | ||||
who is there mentioned. The first words of these lines are very | ||||
illegible.] | ||||
[Footnote 7: _Al fattore._ Il Fattore, was, as is well known, the | ||||
nick-name of Giovanni Franceso Penni, born in Florence in 1486, and | ||||
subsequently a pupil of Raphael's. According to Vasari he was known | ||||
by it even as a boy. Whether he is spoken of in this passage, or | ||||
whether the word Fattore should be translated literally, I will not | ||||
undertake to decide. The latter seems to me more probably right.] | ||||
1528. | ||||
On the day of October, 1508, I had 30 scudi; 13 I lent to Salai to | ||||
make up his sister's dowry, and 17 I have left. | ||||
1529. | ||||
Memorandum of the money I have had from the King as my salary from | ||||
July 1508 till April next 1509. First 100 scudi, then 70, then 50, | ||||
then 20 and then 200 florins at 48 soldi the florin. [Footnote: | ||||
Compare No. 1350 and 1561.] | ||||
1530. | ||||
Saturday the 2nd day of March I had from Santa Maria Novella 5 gold | ||||
ducats, leaving 450. Of these I gave 2 the same day to Salai, who | ||||
had lent them to me. [Footnote: See '_Conto corrente di Leonardo da | ||||
Vinci con lo Spedale di S. Maria Nuova_' [1500 a 1507, 1513-1520] | ||||
published by G. UZIELLI, _Ricerche intorno a Leonardo da Vinci, | ||||
Firenze,_ 1872, pp. 164, 165, 218 and 219. The date here given by | ||||
Leonardo does not occur in either of the accounts.] | ||||
1531. | ||||
Thursday, the eighth day of June, I took 17 grossoni, 18 soldi; on | ||||
the same Thursday in the morning I gave to Salai 22 soldi for the | ||||
expenses. | ||||
1532. | ||||
To Salai 4 grossoni, and for one braccio of velvet, 5 lire, and 1/2; | ||||
viz. 10 soldi for loops of silver; Salai 14 soldi for binding, the | ||||
making of the cloak 25 soldi. [Footnote: Compare No. 1523.] | ||||
1533. | ||||
I gave to Salai 93 lire 6 soldi, of which I have had 67 lire and | ||||
there remain 26 lire 6 soldi. | ||||
1534. | ||||
To Salai S 42 | ||||
2 dozen of laces S 8 | ||||
for papers S 3 d 8 | ||||
a pair of shoes S 14 | ||||
for velvet S 14 | ||||
a sword and knife S 21 | ||||
to the barber S 11 | ||||
to Paolo for a ... S 20 | ||||
For having his fortune told S 6 | ||||
1535. | ||||
On Friday morning, | ||||
one florin to Salai to | ||||
spend; 3 soldi received | ||||
bread S.. d | ||||
wine S.. d | ||||
grapes S.. d | ||||
mushrooms S.. d | ||||
fruit S.. d | ||||
[Footnote 6: Compare Nos. 1545, l. 4 and 5, | ||||
with similar entries for horse's fodder.] | ||||
bran S.. d | ||||
at the barber's S.. d | ||||
for shoes S.. d | ||||
1536. | ||||
On Thursday morning one florin. | ||||
1537. | ||||
On Saint Ambrose's day from the morning to Thursday 36 soldi. | ||||
1538. | ||||
The moneys I have had from Ser Matteo; | ||||
first 20 grassoni, then on 13 occasions 3 f. | ||||
and then 61 grassoni, then 3, and then 33; | ||||
46 soldi 12 grossoni. | ||||
1539. | ||||
For paper S 18 | ||||
for canvas S 30 | ||||
for paper S 10 d 19 | ||||
Total S 73 | ||||
1540. | ||||
20 pounds of German | ||||
blue, at one ducat the pound lire 80 S d | ||||
60 pounds of white, S.. | ||||
the pound lire 15 S d | ||||
1 1/2 pound at 4 S the pound lire 6 S d | ||||
2 pounds of cinnabar at | ||||
S 18 the pound lire 1 S 16 d | ||||
6 pounds of green at S 12 | ||||
the pound lire 3 S 12 d | ||||
4 pounds of yellow at S 12 | ||||
the pound lire 2 S 8 d | ||||
1 pound of minium at S 8 | ||||
the pound lire 0 S 8 d | ||||
4 pounds of ... at S 2 | ||||
the pound lire 0 S 8 d | ||||
6 pounds of ochre at S 1 | ||||
the pound lire 0 S 6 d | ||||
black ... at S 2 the pound | ||||
for 20 lire 2 S 0 d | ||||
wax to make the stars | ||||
29 pounds at S--the pound lire 0 S 0 d | ||||
40 pounds of oil for painting | ||||
at 5 soldi the pound lire 10 S 0 d | ||||
Altogether lire 120 d 18 | ||||
without the gold. 18 | ||||
tin for putting on the gold 120 18 | ||||
58 | ||||
1541. | ||||
Two large hatchets and one very small one, 8 brass spoons, 4 | ||||
tablecloths, 2 towels, 15 small napkins, 2 coarse napkins, 2 coarse | ||||
cloths, 2 wrappers, 3 pairs of sheets, 2 pairs new and 1 old. | ||||
1542. | ||||
Bed 7 0 S | ||||
ring 7 0 | ||||
crockery 2 5 | ||||
gardener 1 2 | ||||
..... 2 8 | ||||
porters 2 1 | ||||
glasses 1 | ||||
fuel 3 6 | ||||
a lock 1 | ||||
Section title: Miscellaneous Notes. | ||||
1543. | ||||
New tin-ware 3 pairs of sheets | ||||
6 small bowls, each of 4 breadths, | ||||
6 bowls, 2 small sheets, | ||||
2 large dishes, 2 tablecloths and 1/2, | ||||
2 dishes medium size, 16 coarse cloths, | ||||
2 small ones 8 shirts, | ||||
Old tin-ware 9 napkins, | ||||
3 small bowls, 2 hand-towels. | ||||
4 bowls, | ||||
3 square stones, | ||||
2 small bowls, | ||||
1 large bowl, | ||||
1 platter, | ||||
4 candlesticks, | ||||
1 small candlestick. | ||||
1544. | ||||
Hose S 40 | ||||
straw S 60 | ||||
wheat S 42 | ||||
wine S 54 | ||||
bread S 18 | ||||
meat S 54 | ||||
eggs S 5 | ||||
salad S 3 | ||||
the Barber S 2 d 6 | ||||
horses S 1 | ||||
1545. | ||||
Sunday | ||||
meat S 10 d | ||||
wine S 12 d | ||||
bran S 5 d 4 | ||||
herbs S 10 d | ||||
buttermilk S 4 d 4 | ||||
melon S 3 d | ||||
bread S 3 d 1 | ||||
____________________ | ||||
Monday S 9 8 | ||||
____________________ | ||||
..... S 6 d | ||||
wine S 12 d | ||||
bran S 9 d 4 | ||||
buttermilk S 4 d 4 | ||||
herbs S 8 d | ||||
____________________ | ||||
Tuesday S d | ||||
_____________________ | ||||
meat S 0 d 8 | ||||
wine S 12 d | ||||
bread S 3 d | ||||
meal S 5 d 4 | ||||
herbs S 8 d | ||||
_____________________ | ||||
Wednesday | ||||
_____________________ | ||||
wine S 5 d | ||||
melon S 2 d | ||||
meal S 5 d 4 | ||||
vegetables S 8 | ||||
Notes by unknown persons among the MSS. (1546-1565). | ||||
1546. | ||||
Miseracione divina sacro sancte Romane ecclesie tituli n cardinalis | ||||
2wulgariter nuncupatus venerabili religioso fratri Johanni Mair | ||||
d'Nustorf 3ordinis praedicatorum provintie teutonie (?) conventus | ||||
Wiennensis capellano 4 nostro commensali salutem in dno sempiternam | ||||
Religione zelus rite ac in [ferite?] 5honestas aliarumque | ||||
laudabilium probitatis et virtutum merita quibus apud nos fide | ||||
6digno commendationis testimonio Magistri videlicet ordinis felicis | ||||
recordacionis Leonardi de 7Mansuetis de Perusio sigillo suo ... us | ||||
dans tibi ad ... opera virtutum comen(salem)? 8 locum et tempus | ||||
success(ores) cujus similiter officium ministratus qui | ||||
praedecessoris sui donum (?) 9confirmavit et de novo dedit | ||||
aliorumque plurima [laudatis] qui opera tua laudant 10nos inducunt | ||||
ut tibi (?) reddamus ad gratiam liberalem hinc est quod nos | ||||
cupientes. [Footnote: The meaning of this document, which is very | ||||
difficult to decipher, and is written in unintelligible Latin, is, | ||||
that Leonardo di Mansuetis recommends the Rev. Mair of Nusdorf, | ||||
chaplain at Vienna, to some third person; and says also that | ||||
something, which had to be proved, has been proved. The rest of the | ||||
passages on the same leaf are undoubtedly in Leonardo's hand. (Nos. | ||||
483, 661, 519, 578, 392, 582, 887 and 894.)] | ||||
1547. | ||||
Johannes Antonius di Johannes Ambrosius de Bolate. He who lets time | ||||
pass and does not grow in virtue, the more I think of it the more I | ||||
grieve. No man has it in him to be virtuous who will give up honour | ||||
for gain. Good fortune is valueless to him who knows not toil. The | ||||
man becomes happy who follows Christ. There is no perfect gift | ||||
without great suffering. Our glories and our triumphs pass away. | ||||
Foul lust, and dreams, and luxury, and sloth have banished every | ||||
virtue from the world; so that our Nature, wandering and perplexed, | ||||
has almost lost the old and better track. Henceforth it were well to | ||||
rouse thyself from sleep. The master said that lying in down will | ||||
not bring thee to Fame; nor staying beneath the quilts. He who, | ||||
without Fame, burns his life to waste, leaves no more vestige of | ||||
himself on earth than wind-blown smoke, or the foam upon the sea. | ||||
[Footnote: From the last sentence we may infer that this text is by | ||||
the hand of a pupil of Leonardo's.-- On the same sheet are the notes | ||||
Nos.1175 and 715 in Leonardo's own handwriting.] | ||||
1548. | ||||
On the morning of Santo Zanobio the | ||||
29th of May 1504, I had from Lionardo Vinci | ||||
15 gold ducats and began to spend them. | ||||
to Mona Margarita S 62 d 4 | ||||
to remake the ring S 19 d 8 | ||||
clothes S 13 | ||||
good beef S 4 | ||||
eggs S 6 | ||||
debt at the bank S 7 | ||||
velvet S 12 | ||||
wine S 6 d 4 | ||||
meat S 4 | ||||
mulberries S 2 d 4 | ||||
mushrooms S 3 d 4 | ||||
salad S 1 | ||||
fruit S 1 d 4 | ||||
candles S 3 | ||||
... S 1 | ||||
flour S 2 | ||||
Sunday 198 8 | ||||
bread S 6 | ||||
wine S 9 d 4 | ||||
meat S 7 | ||||
soup S 2 | ||||
fruit S 3 d 4 | ||||
candles S 3 d | ||||
Monday 31 | ||||
bread S 6 d 4 | ||||
meat S 10 d 8 | ||||
wine S 9 d 4 | ||||
fruit S 4 | ||||
soup S 1 d 8 | ||||
32 | ||||
1549. | ||||
Tuesday | ||||
bread S 6 | ||||
meat S 11 | ||||
wine S 7 | ||||
fruit S 9 | ||||
soup S 2 | ||||
salad S 1 | ||||
[Footnote 1548 and 1549: On the same sheet is the text No. 1015 in Leonardo's own handwriting.] | ||||
1550. | ||||
To Monna Margarita S 5 | ||||
to Tomaso S 14 | ||||
to Monna Margarita d 5 S 2 | ||||
on the day of San Zanobi | ||||
left ... after | ||||
payment d 13 S 2 d 4 | ||||
of Monna Margarita | ||||
altogether d 14 S 5 d 4 | ||||
1551. | ||||
On Monday, the l3th of February, I lent lire S 7 to Lionardo to | ||||
spend, Friday d 7. | ||||
[Footnote: This note is followed by an account very like the one | ||||
given as No. 1549.] | ||||
1552. | ||||
Stephano Chigi, Canonico ..., servant of the honorable Count Grimani | ||||
at S. Apostoli. | ||||
[Footnote: Compare No. 674, 21-23.] | ||||
1553. | ||||
Having become anxious ... Bernardo di Simone, Silvestro di Stefano, | ||||
Bernardo di Jacopo, Francesco di Matteo Bonciani, Antonio di | ||||
Giovanni Ruberti, Antonio da Pistoia.... Antonio; He who has time | ||||
and waits for time, will lose his friends and his money. | ||||
1554. | ||||
Reverend Maestro, Domino Giovanni, I spoke to Maestro Zacaria as a | ||||
brother about this business, and I made him satisfied with the | ||||
arrangement that I had wished; that is, as regards the commission | ||||
that I had from the parties and I say that between us there is no | ||||
need to pay money down, as regard the pictures of the ... | ||||
1555. | ||||
Of things seen through a mist that which is nearest its farthest | ||||
limit will be least visible, and all the more so as they are more | ||||
remote. | ||||
1556. | ||||
Theodoricus Rex Semper Augustus. | ||||
1557. | ||||
Either you say Hesperia alone, and it will mean Italy, or you add | ||||
ultima, and it will mean Spain. Umbria, part of Tuscany. | ||||
[Footnote: The notes in Greek, Nos. 1557, 1558 and 1562 stand in | ||||
close connection with each other, but the meaning of some words is | ||||
very doubtful, and a translation is thus rendered impossible.] | ||||
1558. | ||||
[Footnote: Greek Characters] | ||||
1559. | ||||
Canonica of ... on the 5th of July 1507; my dearly beloved mother, | ||||
sisters and cousin I herewith inform you that thanks to God I am ... | ||||
about the sword which I ... bring it to Maso at the piazza ... and I | ||||
will settle the business of Piero so that ... | ||||
[Footnote: AMORETTI, _Mem. Stor. XXIV_, quotes the first three lines | ||||
of this letter as by Leonardo. The character of the writing however | ||||
does not favour this hypothesis, and still less the contents. I | ||||
should regard it rather a rough draft of a letter by young Melzi. I | ||||
have not succeeded in deciphering completely the 13 lines of this | ||||
text. Amoretti reads at the beginning _Canonica di Vaprio_, but | ||||
_Vaprio_ seems to me a very doubtful reading.] | ||||
1560. | ||||
Ut bene respondet Naturae ars docta! dedisset | ||||
Vincius, ut tribuit cetera - sic animam - | ||||
Noluit ut similis magis haec foret: altera sic est: | ||||
Possidet illius Maurus amans animam. | ||||
[Footnote: These three epigrams on the portrait of Lucrezia | ||||
Crivelli, a picture by Leonardo which must have been lost at a very | ||||
early date, seem to have been dedicated to Leonardo by the poet. | ||||
Leonardo used the reverse of the sheet for notes on geometry.] | ||||
Hujus quam cernis nomen Lucretia, Divi Omnia cui larga contribuere | ||||
manu. Rara huic forma data est; pinxit Leonardos, amavit Maurus, | ||||
pictorum primus hic, ille ducum. | ||||
Naturam, ac superas hac laesit imagine Divas Pictor: tantum hominis | ||||
posse manum haec doluit, Illae longa dari tam magnae tempera formae, | ||||
Quae spatio fuerat deperitura brevi. | ||||
1561. | ||||
Egidius Romanus on the formation of the human body in the mother's | ||||
womb [Footnote 1: _Liber magistri Egidii de pulsibus matrice | ||||
conipositus (cum commentario Gentilis de Fulgineo)_ published in | ||||
1484 at Padova, in 1494 and in 1514 at Venice, and in 1505 at | ||||
Lyons.]. | ||||
[Footnote 2:2. This text appears to be in a handwriting different | ||||
from that in the note, l. 1. Here the reading is not so simple as | ||||
AMORETTI gave it, _Mem. Star. XXV: A Monsieur Lyonard Peintre du Roy | ||||
pour Amboyse_. He says too that this address is of the year 1509, | ||||
and Mr. Ravaisson remarks: "_De cette suscription il semble qu'on | ||||
peut inferer que Leonard etait alors en France, a la cour de Louis | ||||
XII ... Pour conclure je crois qu'il n'est pas prouve que Leonard de | ||||
Vinci n'ait pas fait un voyage de quelques mois en France sous Louis | ||||
XII, entre le printemps de 1509 et l'automne de_ 1510."--I must | ||||
confess that I myself have not succeeded in deciphering completely | ||||
this French writing of which two words remain to me doubtful. But so | ||||
much seems to be quite evident that this is not an address of a | ||||
letter at all, but a certificate or note. _Amboise_[l. 6] I believe | ||||
to be the signature of Charles d'Amboise the Governor of Milan. If | ||||
this explanation is the right one, it can be easily explained by the | ||||
contents of Nos. 1350 and 1529. The note, line 1, was perhaps added | ||||
later by another hand; and Leonardo himself wrote afterwards on the | ||||
same sheet some geometrical explanations. I must also point out that | ||||
the statement that this sheet belongs to the year 1509 has | ||||
absolutely no foundation in fact. There is no clue whatever for | ||||
giving a precise date to this note.] To Monsieur le Vinci,--the | ||||
horses of the king's equerry.... Continue the payment to Ms. | ||||
Lyonard, Painter to the King. | ||||
[6] Amboise. | ||||
1562. | ||||
[Footnote: Greek Characters] | ||||
1563. | ||||
Memorandum to Maestro Lionardo to have ... the state of Florence. | ||||
1564. | ||||
To remind your Excellency that Ridolfo Manini brought to Florence a | ||||
quantity of crystal besides other stones such as are ... | ||||
1565. | ||||
XVI C. 6 de Ciuitate Dei, se Antipodes. | ||||
[Footnote: A facsimile of this note, which refers to a well known | ||||
book by St. Augustin, is given on page 254.] | ||||
1566. | ||||
Leonardo's Will. | ||||
Be it known to all persons, present and to come that at the court of | ||||
our Lord the King at Amboise before ourselves in person, Messer | ||||
Leonardo da Vinci painter to the King, at present staying at the | ||||
place known as Cloux near Amboise, duly considering the certainty of | ||||
death and the uncertainty of its time, has acknowledged and declared | ||||
in the said court and before us that he has made, according to the | ||||
tenor of these presents, his testament and the declaration of his | ||||
last will, as follows. And first he commends his soul to our Lord, | ||||
Almighty God, and to the Glorious Virgin Mary, and to our lord Saint | ||||
Michael, to all the blessed Angels and Saints male and female in | ||||
Paradise. | ||||
Item. The said Testator desires to be buried within the church of | ||||
Saint Florentin at Amboise, and that his body shall be borne thither | ||||
by the chaplains of the church. | ||||
Item. That his body may be followed from the said place to the said | ||||
church of Saint Florentin by the _collegium_ of the said church, | ||||
that is to say by the rector and the prior, or by their vicars and | ||||
chaplains of the church of Saint Denis of Amboise, also the lesser | ||||
friars of the place, and before his body shall be carried to the | ||||
said church this Testator desires, that in the said church of Saint | ||||
Florentin three grand masses shall be celebrated by the deacon and | ||||
sub-deacon and that on the day when these three high masses are | ||||
celebrated, thirty low masses shall also be performed at Saint | ||||
Gregoire. | ||||
Item. That in the said church of Saint Denis similar services shall | ||||
be performed, as above. | ||||
Item. That the same shall be done in the church of the said friars | ||||
and lesser brethren. | ||||
Item. The aforesaid Testator gives and bequeaths to Messer Francesco | ||||
da Melzo, nobleman, of Milan, in remuneration for services and | ||||
favours done to him in the past, each | ||||
[Footnote: See page 420.] | ||||
and all of the books the Testator is at present possessed of, and | ||||
the instruments and portraits appertaining to his art and calling as | ||||
a painter. | ||||
Item. The same Testator gives and bequeaths henceforth for ever to | ||||
Battista de Vilanis his servant one half, that is the moity, of his | ||||
garden which is outside the walls of Milan, and the other half of | ||||
the same garden to Salai his servant; in which garden aforesaid | ||||
Salai has built and constructed a house which shall be and remain | ||||
henceforth in all perpetuity the property of the said Salai, his | ||||
heirs and successors; and this is in remuneration for the good and | ||||
kind services which the said de Vilanis and Salai, his servants have | ||||
done him in past times until now. | ||||
Item. The said Testator gives to Maturina his waiting woman a cloak | ||||
of good black cloth lined with fur, a ... of cloth and two ducats | ||||
paid once only; and this likewise is in remuneration for good | ||||
service rendered to him in past times by the said Maturina. | ||||
Item. He desires that at his funeral sixty tapers shall be carried | ||||
which shall be borne by sixty poor men, to whom shall be given money | ||||
for carrying them; at the discretion of the said Melzo, and these | ||||
tapers shall be distributed among the four above mentioned churches. | ||||
Item. The said Testator gives to each of the said churches ten lbs. | ||||
of wax in thick tapers, which shall be placed in the said churches | ||||
to be used on the day when those said services are celebrated. | ||||
Item. That alms shall be given to the poor of the Hotel-Dieu, to the | ||||
poor of Saint Lazare d'Amboise and, to that end, there shall be | ||||
given and paid to the treasurers of that same fraternity the sum and | ||||
amount of seventy soldi of Tours. | ||||
Item. The said Testator gives and bequeaths to the said Messer | ||||
Francesco Melzo, being present and agreeing, the remainder of his | ||||
pension and the sums of money which are owing to him from the past | ||||
time till the day of his death by the receiver or treasurer-general | ||||
M. Johan Sapin, and each and every sum of money that he has already | ||||
received from the aforesaid Sapin of his said pension, and in case | ||||
he should die before the said Melzo and not otherwise; which moneys | ||||
are at present in the possession of the said Testator in the said | ||||
place called Cloux, as he says. And he likewise gives and bequeaths | ||||
to the said Melzo all and each of his clothes which he at present | ||||
possesses at the said place of Cloux, and all in remuneration for | ||||
the good and kind services done by him in past times till now, as | ||||
well as in payment for the trouble and annoyance he may incur with | ||||
regard to the execution of this present testament, which however, | ||||
shall all be at the expense of the said Testator. | ||||
And he orders and desires that the sum of four hundred scudi del | ||||
Sole, which he has deposited in the hands of the treasurer of Santa | ||||
Maria Nuova in the city of Florence, may be given to his brothers | ||||
now living in Florence with all the interest and usufruct that may | ||||
have accrued up to the present time, and be due from the aforesaid | ||||
treasurer to the aforesaid Testator on account of the said four | ||||
hundred crowns, since they were given and consigned by the Testator | ||||
to the said treasurers. | ||||
Item. He desires and orders that the said Messer Francesco de Melzo | ||||
shall be and remain the sole and only executor of the said will of | ||||
the said Testator; and that the said testament shall be executed in | ||||
its full and complete meaning and according to that which is here | ||||
narrated and said, to have, hold, keep and observe, the said Messer | ||||
Leonardo da Vinci, constituted Testator, has obliged and obliges by | ||||
these presents the said his heirs and successors with all his goods | ||||
moveable and immoveable present and to come, and has renounced and | ||||
expressly renounces by these presents all and each of the things | ||||
which to that are contrary. Given at the said place of Cloux in the | ||||
presence of Magister Spirito Fieri vicar, of the church of Saint | ||||
Denis at Amboise, of M. Guglielmo Croysant priest and chaplain, of | ||||
Magister Cipriane Fulchin, Brother Francesco de Corion, and of | ||||
Francesco da Milano, a brother of the Convent of the Minorites at | ||||
Amboise, witnesses summoned and required to that end by the | ||||
indictment of the said court in the presence of the aforesaid M. | ||||
Francesco de Melze who accepting and agreeing to the same has | ||||
promised by his faith and his oath which he has administered to us | ||||
personally and has sworn to us never to do nor say nor act in any | ||||
way to the contrary. And it is sealed by his request with the royal | ||||
seal apposed to legal contracts at Amboise, and in token of good | ||||
faith. | ||||
Given on the XXIIIrd day of April MDXVIII, before Easter. | ||||
And on the XXIIIrd day of this month of April MDXVIII, in the | ||||
presence of M. Guglielmo Borian, Royal notary in the court of the | ||||
bailiwick of Amboise, the aforesaid M. Leonardo de Vinci gave and | ||||
bequeathed, by his last will and testament, as aforesaid, to the | ||||
said M. Baptista de Vilanis, being present and agreeing, the right | ||||
of water which the King Louis XII, of pious memory lately deceased | ||||
gave to this same de Vinci, the stream of the canal of Santo | ||||
Cristoforo in the duchy of Milan, to belong to the said Vilanis for | ||||
ever in such wise and manner that the said gentleman made him this | ||||
gift in the presence of M. Francesco da Melzo, gentleman, of Milan | ||||
and in mine. | ||||
And on the aforesaid day in the said month of April in the said year | ||||
MDXVIII the same M. Leonardo de Vinci by his last will and testament | ||||
gave to the aforesaid M. Baptista de Vilanis, being present and | ||||
agreeing, each and all of the articles of furniture and utensils of | ||||
his house at present at the said place of Cloux, in the event of the | ||||
said de Vilanis surviving the aforesaid M. Leonardo de Vinci, in the | ||||
presence of the said M. Francesco Melzo and of me Notary &c. Borean. | ||||
*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK, THE NOTEBOOKS OF LEONARDO DA | ||||
VINCI, COMPLETE *** | ||||
This file should be named 8ldvc10.txt or 8ldvc10.zip | ||||
Corrected EDITIONS of our eBooks get a new NUMBER, 8ldvc11.txt | ||||
VERSIONS based on separate sources get new LETTER, 8ldvc11a.txt | ||||
Project Gutenberg eBooks are often created from several printed | ||||
editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the US | ||||
unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we usually do not | ||||
keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. | ||||
We are now trying to release all our eBooks one year in advance | ||||
of the official release dates, leaving time for better editing. | ||||
Please be encouraged to tell us about any error or corrections, | ||||
even years after the official publication date. | ||||
Please note neither this listing nor its contents are final til | ||||
midnight of the last day of the month of any such announcement. | ||||
The official release date of all Project Gutenberg eBooks is at | ||||
Midnight, Central Time, of the last day of the stated month. A | ||||
preliminary version may often be posted for suggestion, comment | ||||
and editing by those who wish to do so. | ||||
Most people start at our Web sites at: | ||||
http://gutenberg.net or | ||||
http://promo.net/pg | ||||
These Web sites include award-winning information about Project | ||||
Gutenberg, including how to donate, how to help produce our new | ||||
eBooks, and how to subscribe to our email newsletter (free!). | ||||
Those of you who want to download any eBook before announcement | ||||
can get to them as follows, and just download by date. This is | ||||
also a good way to get them instantly upon announcement, as the | ||||
indexes our cataloguers produce obviously take a while after an | ||||
announcement goes out in the Project Gutenberg Newsletter. | ||||
http://www.ibiblio.org/gutenberg/etext04 or | ||||
ftp://ftp.ibiblio.org/pub/docs/books/gutenberg/etext04 | ||||
Or /etext03, 02, 01, 00, 99, 98, 97, 96, 95, 94, 93, 92, 92, 91 or 90 | ||||
Just search by the first five letters of the filename you want, | ||||
as it appears in our Newsletters. | ||||
Information about Project Gutenberg (one page) | ||||
We produce about two million dollars for each hour we work. The | ||||
time it takes us, a rather conservative estimate, is fifty hours | ||||
to get any eBook selected, entered, proofread, edited, copyright | ||||
searched and analyzed, the copyright letters written, etc. Our | ||||
projected audience is one hundred million readers. If the value | ||||
per text is nominally estimated at one dollar then we produce $2 | ||||
million dollars per hour in 2002 as we release over 100 new text | ||||
files per month: 1240 more eBooks in 2001 for a total of 4000+ | ||||
We are already on our way to trying for 2000 more eBooks in 2002 | ||||
If they reach just 1-2% of the world's population then the total | ||||
will reach over half a trillion eBooks given away by year's end. | ||||
The Goal of Project Gutenberg is to Give Away 1 Trillion eBooks! | ||||
This is ten thousand titles each to one hundred million readers, | ||||
which is only about 4% of the present number of computer users. | ||||
Here is the briefest record of our progress (* means estimated): | ||||
eBooks Year Month | ||||
1 1971 July | ||||
10 1991 January | ||||
100 1994 January | ||||
1000 1997 August | ||||
1500 1998 October | ||||
2000 1999 December | ||||
2500 2000 December | ||||
3000 2001 November | ||||
4000 2001 October/November | ||||
6000 2002 December* | ||||
9000 2003 November* | ||||
10000 2004 January* | ||||
The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation has been created | ||||
to secure a future for Project Gutenberg into the next millennium. | ||||
We need your donations more than ever! | ||||
As of February, 2002, contributions are being solicited from people | ||||
and organizations in: Alabama, Alaska, Arkansas, Connecticut, | ||||
Delaware, District of Columbia, Florida, Georgia, Hawaii, Illinois, | ||||
Indiana, Iowa, Kansas, Kentucky, Louisiana, Maine, Massachusetts, | ||||
Michigan, Mississippi, Missouri, Montana, Nebraska, Nevada, New | ||||
Hampshire, New Jersey, New Mexico, New York, North Carolina, Ohio, | ||||
Oklahoma, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, South Carolina, South | ||||
Dakota, Tennessee, Texas, Utah, Vermont, Virginia, Washington, West | ||||
Virginia, Wisconsin, and Wyoming. | ||||
We have filed in all 50 states now, but these are the only ones | ||||
that have responded. | ||||
As the requirements for other states are met, additions to this list | ||||
will be made and fund raising will begin in the additional states. | ||||
Please feel free to ask to check the status of your state. | ||||
In answer to various questions we have received on this: | ||||
We are constantly working on finishing the paperwork to legally | ||||
request donations in all 50 states. If your state is not listed and | ||||
you would like to know if we have added it since the list you have, | ||||
just ask. | ||||
While we cannot solicit donations from people in states where we are | ||||
not yet registered, we know of no prohibition against accepting | ||||
donations from donors in these states who approach us with an offer to | ||||
donate. | ||||
International donations are accepted, but we don't know ANYTHING about | ||||
how to make them tax-deductible, or even if they CAN be made | ||||
deductible, and don't have the staff to handle it even if there are | ||||
ways. | ||||
Donations by check or money order may be sent to: | ||||
Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation | ||||
PMB 113 | ||||
1739 University Ave. | ||||
Oxford, MS 38655-4109 | ||||
Contact us if you want to arrange for a wire transfer or payment | ||||
method other than by check or money order. | ||||
The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation has been approved by | ||||
the US Internal Revenue Service as a 501(c)(3) organization with EIN | ||||
[Employee Identification Number] 64-622154. Donations are | ||||
tax-deductible to the maximum extent permitted by law. As fund-raising | ||||
requirements for other states are met, additions to this list will be | ||||
made and fund-raising will begin in the additional states. | ||||
We need your donations more than ever! | ||||
You can get up to date donation information online at: | ||||
http://www.gutenberg.net/donation.html | ||||
*** | ||||
If you can't reach Project Gutenberg, | ||||
you can always email directly to: | ||||
Michael S. Hart <hart@pobox.com> | ||||
Prof. Hart will answer or forward your message. | ||||
We would prefer to send you information by email. | ||||
**The Legal Small Print** | ||||
(Three Pages) | ||||
***START**THE SMALL PRINT!**FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN EBOOKS**START*** | ||||
Why is this "Small Print!" statement here? You know: lawyers. | ||||
They tell us you might sue us if there is something wrong with | ||||
your copy of this eBook, even if you got it for free from | ||||
someone other than us, and even if what's wrong is not our | ||||
fault. So, among other things, this "Small Print!" statement | ||||
disclaims most of our liability to you. It also tells you how | ||||
you may distribute copies of this eBook if you want to. | ||||
*BEFORE!* YOU USE OR READ THIS EBOOK | ||||
By using or reading any part of this PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm | ||||
eBook, you indicate that you understand, agree to and accept | ||||
this "Small Print!" statement. If you do not, you can receive | ||||
a refund of the money (if any) you paid for this eBook by | ||||
sending a request within 30 days of receiving it to the person | ||||
you got it from. If you received this eBook on a physical | ||||
medium (such as a disk), you must return it with your request. | ||||
ABOUT PROJECT GUTENBERG-TM EBOOKS | ||||
This PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm eBook, like most PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm eBooks, | ||||
is a "public domain" work distributed by Professor Michael S. Hart | ||||
through the Project Gutenberg Association (the "Project"). | ||||
Among other things, this means that no one owns a United States copyright | ||||
on or for this work, so the Project (and you!) can copy and | ||||
distribute it in the United States without permission and | ||||
without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, set forth | ||||
below, apply if you wish to copy and distribute this eBook | ||||
under the "PROJECT GUTENBERG" trademark. | ||||
Please do not use the "PROJECT GUTENBERG" trademark to market | ||||
any commercial products without permission. | ||||
To create these eBooks, the Project expends considerable | ||||
efforts to identify, transcribe and proofread public domain | ||||
works. Despite these efforts, the Project's eBooks and any | ||||
medium they may be on may contain "Defects". Among other | ||||
things, Defects may take the form of incomplete, inaccurate or | ||||
corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other | ||||
intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged | ||||
disk or other eBook medium, a computer virus, or computer | ||||
codes that damage or cannot be read by your equipment. | ||||
LIMITED WARRANTY; DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES | ||||
But for the "Right of Replacement or Refund" described below, | ||||
[1] Michael Hart and the Foundation (and any other party you may | ||||
receive this eBook from as a PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm eBook) disclaims | ||||
all liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including | ||||
legal fees, and [2] YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE OR | ||||
UNDER STRICT LIABILITY, OR FOR BREACH OF WARRANTY OR CONTRACT, | ||||
INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE | ||||
OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE | ||||
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. | ||||
If you discover a Defect in this eBook within 90 days of | ||||
receiving it, you can receive a refund of the money (if any) | ||||
you paid for it by sending an explanatory note within that | ||||
time to the person you received it from. If you received it | ||||
on a physical medium, you must return it with your note, and | ||||
such person may choose to alternatively give you a replacement | ||||
copy. If you received it electronically, such person may | ||||
choose to alternatively give you a second opportunity to | ||||
receive it electronically. | ||||
THIS EBOOK IS OTHERWISE PROVIDED TO YOU "AS-IS". NO OTHER | ||||
WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ARE MADE TO YOU AS | ||||
TO THE EBOOK OR ANY MEDIUM IT MAY BE ON, INCLUDING BUT NOT | ||||
LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A | ||||
PARTICULAR PURPOSE. | ||||
Some states do not allow disclaimers of implied warranties or | ||||
the exclusion or limitation of consequential damages, so the | ||||
above disclaimers and exclusions may not apply to you, and you | ||||
may have other legal rights. | ||||
INDEMNITY | ||||
You will indemnify and hold Michael Hart, the Foundation, | ||||
and its trustees and agents, and any volunteers associated | ||||
with the production and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm | ||||
texts harmless, from all liability, cost and expense, including | ||||
legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of the | ||||
following that you do or cause: [1] distribution of this eBook, | ||||
[2] alteration, modification, or addition to the eBook, | ||||
or [3] any Defect. | ||||
DISTRIBUTION UNDER "PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm" | ||||
You may distribute copies of this eBook electronically, or by | ||||
disk, book or any other medium if you either delete this | ||||
"Small Print!" and all other references to Project Gutenberg, | ||||
or: | ||||
[1] Only give exact copies of it. Among other things, this | ||||
requires that you do not remove, alter or modify the | ||||
eBook or this "small print!" statement. You may however, | ||||
if you wish, distribute this eBook in machine readable | ||||
binary, compressed, mark-up, or proprietary form, | ||||
including any form resulting from conversion by word | ||||
processing or hypertext software, but only so long as | ||||
*EITHER*: | ||||
[*] The eBook, when displayed, is clearly readable, and | ||||
does *not* contain characters other than those | ||||
intended by the author of the work, although tilde | ||||
(~), asterisk (*) and underline (_) characters may | ||||
be used to convey punctuation intended by the | ||||
author, and additional characters may be used to | ||||
indicate hypertext links; OR | ||||
[*] The eBook may be readily converted by the reader at | ||||
no expense into plain ASCII, EBCDIC or equivalent | ||||
form by the program that displays the eBook (as is | ||||
the case, for instance, with most word processors); | ||||
OR | ||||
[*] You provide, or agree to also provide on request at | ||||
no additional cost, fee or expense, a copy of the | ||||
eBook in its original plain ASCII form (or in EBCDIC | ||||
or other equivalent proprietary form). | ||||
[2] Honor the eBook refund and replacement provisions of this | ||||
"Small Print!" statement. | ||||
[3] Pay a trademark license fee to the Foundation of 20% of the | ||||
gross profits you derive calculated using the method you | ||||
already use to calculate your applicable taxes. If you | ||||
don't derive profits, no royalty is due. Royalties are | ||||
payable to "Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation" | ||||
the 60 days following each date you prepare (or were | ||||
legally required to prepare) your annual (or equivalent | ||||
periodic) tax return. Please contact us beforehand to | ||||
let us know your plans and to work out the details. | ||||
WHAT IF YOU *WANT* TO SEND MONEY EVEN IF YOU DON'T HAVE TO? | ||||
Project Gutenberg is dedicated to increasing the number of | ||||
public domain and licensed works that can be freely distributed | ||||
in machine readable form. | ||||
The Project gratefully accepts contributions of money, time, | ||||
public domain materials, or royalty free copyright licenses. | ||||
Money should be paid to the: | ||||
"Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." | ||||
If you are interested in contributing scanning equipment or | ||||
software or other items, please contact Michael Hart at: | ||||
hart@pobox.com | ||||
[Portions of this eBook's header and trailer may be reprinted only | ||||
when distributed free of all fees. Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 by | ||||
Michael S. Hart. Project Gutenberg is a TradeMark and may not be | ||||
used in any sales of Project Gutenberg eBooks or other materials be | ||||
they hardware or software or any other related product without | ||||
express permission.] | ||||
*END THE SMALL PRINT! FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN EBOOKS*Ver.02/11/02*END* | ||||